... 


- 


THE  LIBRARY 
OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


s 


, 


B.O 
U 

^  / 


SIMPLIFIED 


AN 


AMERICAN  EXPOSITION 

OF  THE 

ISAAC  PITMAN  PHONOGRAPHY, 

Prepared  by  the  Teachers 


OF  THE 


NEW  YORK  BUSINESS  COLLEGE, 


NEW  YORK,  N.   Y. 


NEW  YORK: 

1896. 
Copyright  1896  bi/  C.  C.  Gaines. 


Entered  according  to  act  of  Congress  in  the  year  1896,  by  Clement  C.  Gaines.'in  the"  office 
of  the  Librarian  of  Congress  at  Washington. 

All  HigMs  Reserved. 


3 


PUBLISHER'S    PREFACE. 


These  Lessons  in  Isaac  Pitman's  Phonography,  and  the  Language 
Lessons  accompanying  them,  have  been  prepared  chiefly  by  William 
Hope,  A.  B,,  C.  A.,  the  senior  shorthand  instructor  of  the  New  York 
Business  College.  The  work  of  the  subscriber  has  consisted  largely  in 
revision  and  arrangement. 

Mr.  Hope  has  been  a  practical  reporter  and  teacher  of  shorthand  for 
thirty  years.  His  success  as  an  instructor,  the  field  to  which  he  has 
more  recently  been  devoted,  has  been  rarely  equalled  and  never  sur- 
passed, as  thousands  of  grateful  pupils  willingly  testify.  His  ability 
and  authority  as  a  stenographer  are  equally  unquestioned.  It  is  there- 
fore confidently  believed  that  in  offering  the  fruit  of  his  experience  to 
shorthand  students,  we  present  a  plan  of  study  which  will  greatly 
lighten  their  labors. 

Language,  Correspondence,  Typewriting  and  Penmanship  Lessons 
are  now  in  press  which  will  make  a  fitting  accompaniament  to  the  Short- 
hand Lessons.  It  is  believed  that  they  will  afford  exercises  in  spelling 
and  longhand  writing,  punctuation,  capitalizing,  word  studies,  letter 
writing  and  composition  which  will  result  in  the  greatest  benefit  to 
the  ambitious  student.  They  are  so*  arranged  as  to  meet  the  demands 
of  the  student's  progress,  and  if  faithfully  mastered,  in  accordance  with 
directions,  will  render  that  progress  thorough  and  rapid. 

The  subscriber  extends  his  grateful  acknowledgements  to  his  co- 
laborers  for  the  untiring  zeal  and  energy  they  have  shown  in  prepar- 
ing this  work. 

CLEMENT    C.    GAINES. 
1st  August,  1896. 


448470 


ADVANTAGES   OF    SIMPLIFIED    SHORTHAND. 


Brevity,  Simplicity,  Comprehensiveness,  Completeness. 

These  Lessons  are  in  complete  accord  with  the  latest  Isaac  Pitman 
Phonography  and  all  the  well-edited  Pitman  shorthand  magazines. 

The  simplest  and  most  frequently-used  principles  are  presented  and 
applied  first ;  the  more  difficult  come  later. 

No  duplicate  letters,  or  letters  written  upward  and  downward,  are 
used  until  easy  matter  can  be  written  with  facility. 

No  form  once  learned  requires  to  be  changed.  The  words  practiced 
in  the  Theory  Lessons  are  written  in  the  same  way  when  reporting. 

Position  is  taught  from  the  first;  but  all  words  that  are  not  con- 
tractions are  vocalized,  in  every  Lesson,  in  order  to  facilitate  progress. 

All  conti'actions,  not  in  conflict  with  principles  learned,  are  used  as 
soon  as  each  principle  has  been  explained  and  the  Exercises  practiced. 

Each  Lesson  occupies  only  one  page,  and  no  principle,  except  the 
halving,  requires  for  its  elucidation  more  than  one  Lesson. 

The  first  thirty  Lessons,  of  one  page  each,  clearly  explain  and  fully 
illustrate,  all  the  principles  of  Isaac  Pitman's  shorthand. 

The  next  forty  Lessons  contain  Correspondence  Speed  Practice,  with 
full  instructions  how  to  become  successful  amanuenses. 

The  last  thirty  Lessons  prepare  for  verbatim  reporting,  and  furnish 
sufficient  practice  to  enable  students  to  become  very  fast  writers. 

The  Amanuenses'  Speed  Practice  has  never  before  been  printed.  It 
is  the  result  of  thirty  years'  teaching  of  the  Isaac  Pitman  system. 

The  Reporting  Lessons  and  Instructions  are  the  result  of  knowledge 
acquired  through  years  of  actual  reporting  work  by  a  successful  teacher. 

American  teachers,  with  these  Lessons,  will  produce  faster  and  more 
accurate  writers  than  was  possible  before  in  the  same  time. 

Quali ty,  not  quantity ;  simplicity,  not  complexity ;  business  require- 
ments, not  philosophical  dissertations,  have  been  the  great  aim. 

The  Pitman  text-books  are  printed  from  engraved  characters  which 
no  writer  can  conform  to.  These  Lessons  are  reproduced  from  script 
executed  by  the  senior  shorthand  instructor  of  the  New  York  Business 
College,  and  are  easily  imitated  by  the  student. 

They  are  the  production  of  American  brains  and  American  labor ;  and 
the  entire  Theory  and  Practice  is  complete  in  one  book. 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  greatest  minds  among  the  Greeks,  Romans,  Egyptians — indeed,  all  nations — 
from  the  earliest  times,  have  unceasingly  exerted  their  best  energies  to  invent  a 
system  of  shorthand  that  would  record  verbatim  the  eloquent  utterances  of  their 
most  distinguished  speakers.  Until  the  fifteenth  century,  however,  no  attempt  was 
tuade  to  invent  a  shorthand  alphabet.  Single  letters  were  employed  to  represent 
words,  and  arbitrary  signs  represented  whole  sentences,  and  sometimes  entire 
paragraphs. 

From  the  publication  of  Timothy  Bright's  system  in  1588  until  the  invention  of 
Phonetic  Shorthand  by  Sir  Isaac  Pitman,  of  Bath,  England,  in  1837  over  two  hun- 
dred systems  appeared  and  disappeared  in  the  British  realm. 

The  Ends  Sought. 

Previous  to  the  invention  of  Isaac  Pitman's  shorthand,  the  people  of  England 
and  America,  like  the  ancients,  believed  that  shorthand  was  of  no  use  except  for 
reporting,  because  nobody,  except  the  writer,  could  read  the  notes.  When  Pit- 
man invented  his  shorthand  alphabet  and,  with  the  assistance  of  distinguished  edu- 
cators and  experienced  reporters,  built  up  his  system  of  phonography,  he  had  a 
threefold  object  in  view  : 

1— To  give  those  who  had  memoranda  to  make  a  more  elementary  method  of 
writing,  plain,  simple,  easily  acquired  in  a  few  weeks,  and  capable  of  being  executed 
at  the  rate  of  fifty  or  sixty  words  per  minute. 

2 — To  develop  a  style  of  writing  for  the  use  of  business  men,  ministers,  physi- 
cians, authors,  scientific  investigators  and  others,  who  would  acquire  through  a  few 
months'  study  the  ability  to  write  one  hundred  words  per  minute,  with  the  ease  of 
speech  and  the  legibility  of  print. 

3— To  establish  a  system  of  reporting  for  those  who  sought  to  record  the  elo. 
quent  orations  of  public  speakers  at  the  rate  of  three  hundred  words  per  minute, 
when  required. 

Alphabetic  Signs  for  Elementary  Sounds. 

Phonography  differs  from  all  other  systems  in  that  it  is  based  upon  the  ele- 
mentary sounds  of  spoken  language.  Previous  systems  simply  endeavored  to  repre- 
sent ordinary  spelling.  If  there  are  forty  sounds  in  the  English  language,  then 
there  should  be  forty  signs  to  represent  these  sounds  ;  and  it  is  not  improbable  that 
to  this  fact,  more  than  to  any  other,  the  art  owes  much  of  its  popularity. 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  development  of  the  system  was  watched  with  interest,  and  fostered  with 
care,  by  experienced  teachers  and  expert  stenographers  of  phonetic  societies 
throughout  the  world.  The  impractical  elements  were  gradually  removed ;  the 
lengthy  alphabetic  outlines  were  abbreviated  by  the  introduction  of  new  shortening 
expedients  ;  hooks,  circles  and  loops  were  provided  for  frequently  occurring  letters  ; 
contractions  were  invented  for  the  more  common  words,  and  entire  syllables,  initial 
and  final,  were  represented  by  one  inflection  of  the  pen.  Finally,  the  use  of  pho- 
nography brought  the  system  to  such  a  degree  of  perfection  that  its  practitioners 
undertook  and  satisfactorily  performed  the  most  arduous  reporting 

All  Honor  to  Sir  Isaac  Pitman 

for  the  part  he  took  in  its  invention  and  subsequent  development ;  but  in  justice  to 
others  we  must  emphasize  the  fact  that  the  system  is  not  the  work  of  its  reputed 
author  alone.  It  is  the  product  of  the  combined  labor  and  genius  of  thousands  of 
experts  ia  America,  as  well  as  in  England  and  Canada,  many  of  whom  have  made 
for  themselves  names  that  will  last  as  long  as  the  phonographic  art  itself  shall  last. 

His  singleness  of  purpose  in  the  great  work  has  been  rewarded,  and  his  success 
is  complete.  The  English  government  has  made  special  grants  of  public  monies  for 
instruction  in  Isaac  Pitman's  shorthand.  School  children,  of  the  rich  and  poor  alike, 
are  taught  the  elementary  style,  and  adults  and  business  men  apply  it  to  correspond- 
ence, bookkeeping,  legal  documents,  insurance,  abstracting,  telegraphy  and  all  the 
varied  business  of  every-day  life.  It  has  become,  in  England,  an  accepted  medium 
of  written  communication,  while  the  impassioned  flights  of  the  greatest  English  and 
American  orators  are  also  caught  and  recorded  with  the  ease  of  human  speech. 

Its  Educative  Value  Unsurpassed. 

But  the  most  far-reaching  result,  and  one  which  was  perhaps  unthought  of 
by  its  early  patrons,  is  the  immense  importance  of  phonetic  shorthand  in  acquir- 
ing a  thorough,  accurate  knowledge  of  the  English  language.  Being  founded  on 
a  scientific  and  rational  basis,  its  value  in  this  particular  cannot  be  over-estimated. 
Within  the  last  ten  years  the  most  wide-awake  and  progressive  educators  of  this 
country  have  introduced  it  into  many  of  the  American  public  schools.  Its  great 
value  and  popularity  as  an  aid  to  the  rapid  acquirement  of-  the  common  school 
branches,  has  induced  the  Board  of  Education  of  New  York,  within  the  past  few 
years,  to  introduce  it  into  the  grammar  grades  of  its  public  schools.  Out  of  the 
five  hundred  answers  to  inquiries  as  to  its  value,  from  an  educational  point  of 
view,  there  is  not  a  lukewarm  reply,  the  usual  testimony  being,  that  the  lower  the 
grade,  the  more  satisfactory  the  result. 

Examples  can  be  multiplied  a  thousand-fold;  but  the  educative  value  of  Isaac 
Pitman's  shorthand  is  now  too  well  known  to  need  illustration.  It  is  the  natural 
out-growth  of  this  intensely  active  and  progressive  century.  The  railroad  and  the 
steamship  save  time  in  travel ;  the  telegraph  and  telephone  annihilate  distance ; 
the  rotary  press  has  revolutionized  the  art  of  printing  ;  and  the  tedious  slow-coach 


INTRODUCTION. 


known  as  "longhand"  is  rapidly  being  superseded  by  the  new  and  electric  loco- 
motive, "shorthand." 

Especially  in  Acquiring  Good  Use  of  Language. 

In  every  case,  in  all  countries,  without  any  exception,  it  is  the  universal  opin- 
ion of  teachers  that  the  pupils'  knowledge  of  their  own  language  has  been  remark- 
ably increased.  Educators  who  have  not  taught  shorthand  know  nothing  of  the 
delight  with  which  young  people  take  hold  of  the  study,  and  are  ignorant  of  the 
fascinating  effect  it  has  upon  all  students  as  its  beauties  are  daily  unfolded. 

When  it  is  known  and  remembered  that  for  sis  months,  on  the  average,  the  ex- 
pectant amanuensis  has  been  analyzing  words,  writing  them  according  to  their 
pronunciation,  giving  their  meanings ;  has  been  made  to  correctly  spell  them 
through  daily  transcription  on  the  typewriter  ;  has  been  hearing  and  writing  daily 
instructions  in  punctuation,  capitalization  and  rules  of  grammar,  no  one  need  be 
surprised  at  the  great  improvement  made  in  oral  and  -written  expression.  And  add 
to  these  elementary  advantages  the  fact  that  shorthand  students  write  every  day 
from  dictation  all  kinds  of  matter,  including  correspondence  connected  with  gro- 
cery, dry  goods,  furniture,  hardware,  banking,  insurance,  commission,  brokerage, 
railroads,  shipping,  foundries,  manufacturing  establishments ;  with  specifications, 
contracts,  real  estate  conveyances,  wills  and  other  legal  forms ;  with  medical  lec- 
tures, proceedings  of  political  conventions,  religious  gatherings,  extracts  from 
English  and  American  literature  and  history,  editorials  from  daily  newspapers,  etc., 
and  some  idea  may  be  gained  of  the  immense  value  a  course  in  shorthand  is  to  the 
student,  not  only  as  an  aid  in  acquiring  facility  of  expression  in  the  English 
language,  but  also  in  increasing  his  general  information  and  intelligence.  Shorthand 
has  also  a  value  in  getting 

Bread  and  Butter 

that  places  it  in  the  front  rank  of  educational  accomplishments.  The  history  of 
young  people,  in  the  lowly  walks  of  life,  is  replete  with  incontrovertible  facts 
illustrative  of  the  great  importance  of  shorthand  as  a  stepping-stone  in  making  a 
start.  Take  a  single  example  :  Stanley  Browne  was  a  carpenter's  apprentice  in  the 
city  of  Washington  twenty  years  ago.  Later,  he  was  induced  to  study  shorthand. 
Within  a  year  he  was  employed  to  take  occasional  reports  in  Congress.  When 
Garfield  was  elected  President,  Browne  was  chosen  as  his  shorthand  secretary. 
Soon  after,  while  the  lamented  President  lay  dying  from  the  assassin's  bullet,  the 
world  hung  breathless  on  his  words,  which  were  caught  by  young  Browne  and  sent 
from  the  sick-chamber  to  millions  of  sympathizing  hearts.  He  afterwards  married 
the  martyr  President's  daughter. 

While  the  practice  of  other  arts  and  sciences  is  limited  to  one  occupation,  the 
stenographer  finds  his  art  the  "  open  sesame  "  to  all  branches  of  commercial  enter- 
prise. There  is  for  him  a  desk  in  the  bank,  even  at  the  directors'  table,  and  a  seat 
in  the  insurance  office.  There  is  a  place  for  him  on  the  staff  of  the  newspaper,  or 
in  the  study  of  the  man  of  letters  ;  and  the  merchant,  the  lawyer  and  the  railway 
official  believe  his  services  indispensable  to  the  successful  conduct  of  their  business. 


INTRODUCTION. 


A  Dollar  and  Cents  Comparison. 

Young  people  may  generally  attain  to  a  fair  knowledge  of  bookkeeping  and  ac- 
counts in  from  three  months  to  a  year.  The  assistant  bookkeeper,  salesman  and 
office  boy  may  receive  from  three  to  ten  dollars  a  week  for  their  services  when  capa- 
ble of  doing  practical  work.  Isaac  Pitman's  shorthand,  under  the  same  conditions, 
may  be  acquired  in  the  same  length  of  time,  but  the  accomplished  amanuensis  will 
be  offered  about  double  the  wages  paid  to  any  other  clerk.  This  pecuniary  benefit 
should  not  be  forgotten. 

Besides  this  great,  sometimes  treble,  advantage  in  cash,  the  very  nature  of  the 
stenographer's  position  makes  it  one  of  large  responsibility,  giving  him  an  insight 
into  the  firm's  affairs  not  possible  to  other  employees.  These  opportunities  of  the 
stenographer  for  advancement  are  so  many  and  frequent,  that  not  one  in  ten  makes 
shorthand  a  life-long  vocation.  Having  acquired  a  thorough  and  comprehensive 
knowledge  of  the  business,  he  is  most  likely  to  be  promoted,  when  a  vacancy 
occurs,  to  a  higher  and  more  lucrative  position.  Thus  the  occupation  is  congenial 
and  instructive,  the  hours  are  fewer  than  in  any  other  branch  of  clerical  work,  and 
the  salaries  are  much  larger. 

We  Believe  in  Isaac  Pitman, 

and,  for  this  reason,  we  teach  and  publish  the  Isaac  Pitman  System  of  Shorthand 
in  these  Lessons  without  adulteration.  We  have  not  attempted  to  alter  or  improve, 
but  to  present  the  system  in  its  purity.  We  have  many  reasons  for  this  course, 
among  them  the  following  : 

Because  the  development  and  improvement  of  the  system  has  not  been  the 
unaided  work  of  one  man,  but  the  ripe,  rich  fruit  of  the  brains  and  experience  of 
ten  thousand  eminent  teachers  and  expert  reporters  in  all  the  English-speaking 
countries  of  the  world  ; 

Because  it  is  quickly  learned,  easily  written,  and  as  legible  as  print ;  while  with 
it  the  hand  is  able  to  keep  pace  with  the  most  rapid  vocal  utterance,  no  matter  how 
difficult  or  technical  the  subject  matter  may  be  ; 

Because  far  more  books  have  been  printed  in  this  system  of  shorthand,  which 
students  and  writers  may  read  and  study,  than  all  the  other  shorthand  systems  com- 
bined ; 

Because  authors,  ministers,  medical  practitioners,  lawyers  in  court,  judges  on 
the  bench,  scientists  in  their  laboratories,  compositors  at  the  case,  business  men 
in  offices — everybody  who  has  learned  it  can  read  each  others  writing,  on  any  sub- 
ject, in  less  time  and  with  greater  ease  and  pleasure,  than  average  longhand. 

But  a  far  more  important  and  weightier  reason  than  any  of  these  has  led  us  to 
select  Isaac  Pitman's  shorthand.  Like  the  English  language,  it  is  rapidly  becoming 
universal,  and  is  undoubtedly  destined  to  be  the  principal  vehicle  of  written  com- 
munication between  all  classes,  in  every  English-speaking  nation  of  the  world.  It 
is  true  that  we  have  at  present  in  America  a  few  other  systems  of  shorthand  capable 
of  doing  reporting  work  in  the  hands  of  experts.  It  is  equally  true  that  in  Central 
America  we  have  Spanish ;  in  Brazil,  Portuguese ;  in  Canada,  French,  and  in  the 


INTRODUCTION. 


United  States,  everything;  but,  despite  their  native  vigor,  other  tongues  have  no 
power  of  propagandise^  and  are  being  fused  m  a  mold  that  is  emphatically  English. 
It  is  the  same  with  shorthand. 

Some  of  His  Disciples. 

Benn  Pitman  followed  the  improvements  suggested  by  experienced  teachers 
and  shorthand  writers  which  had  been  adopted  by  his  brother  Isaac,  up  to  the 
Ninth  Edition  of  Phonography,  in  1852.  At  that  time  he  came  to  America,  and 
became  a  publisher  on  his  own  account,  but  on  personal  and  economic  grounds  re- 
fused to  follow  further  improvements. 

Graham,  who  was  Isaac  Pitman's  agent  in  America  at  that  time,  could  not  see 
why  he  should  not  also  derive  pecuniary  benefit  by  publishing  Isaac  Pitman's  sys- 
tem, which  has  no  copyright  in  America,  under  his  own  name.  A  year  later,  he 
and  another  gentleman  published  the  Ninth  Edition  of  Isaac  Pitman's  system,  with 
a  few  changes,  certainly  not  improvements,  and  called  it  "  Standard  Phonography.'' 
It  has  not  been  changed  materially  since. 

Later,  Longley's  Eclectic  pretended  to  take  the  best  of  every  device  known  to 
shorthand  writers  and  reporters,  and  fuse  them  into  something  better,  but,  un- 
fortunately, the  benevolent  intention  did  not  succeed.  Munson  had  much  the 
same  desire,  and  much  the  same  result  as  Longley. 

Besides  these,  we  have  Burnz,  The  American  Standard,  Practical  Phonography, 
Exact  Phonography,  and  others,  for  a  brief  season,  all  strutting  in  the  borrowed 
plumes  of  Isaac  Pitman. 

There  have  also  been  innumerable  unsuccessful  efforts  to  invent  shorthand 
systems  under  the  names  of  Light-line,  Pernin's,  Cross's  Eclectic,  New  Rapid, 
Takigraphy,  etc. — all  one-man  systems  and  incapable  of  legibility  combined  with 
a  high  rate  of  speed. 

One  Universal  System. 

These  attempts  will  ultimately  be  absorbed  by  the  original  Isaac  Pitman,  upon 
whose  work  and  inventive  genius  they  have  nearly  all  been  built,  as  surely  as  the 
English  language  will  absorb  the  different  dialects  and  foreign  languages  in  the 
British  Colonies  and  other  parts  of  the  world. 

The  lime  will  certainly  come  when  shorthand  must  take  the  place  of  the  ordi- 
nary longhand,  the  present  cumbersome  means  of  written  communication,  and  then 
there  will  undoubtedly  be  a  demand  for  a  common  system  of  phonography.  If 
difficulties  present  themselves,  because  of  the  variety  of  interests  at  stake,  Govern- 
ment would  naturally  cut  the  Gordian  knot  by  the  selection  of  one  system  that 
shall  be  universal.  In  our  opinion  that  must  be  the  Isaac  Pitman  system,  on 
account  of  its  superiority  over  every  other  system,  and  because  its  writers  far 
exceed  in  number  the  writers  of  all  other  systems  combined. 

Progress  in  this  Direction. 

Already  there  are  strong  evidences  of  this  greatly  desirable  result.  The  Isaac 
Pitman  system  is  universal  in  England,  Scotland,  Ireland,  Wales  and  Australia.  It 


10  INTRODUCTION. 


has  already  absorbed  Benn  Pitman,  Graham  and  Munson  in  Canada,  and  although 
but  recently  introduced  here,  is  making  rapid  progress  in  the  same  direction  in  the 
United  States.  The  public  and  many  private  schools  of  the  city  of  New  York  have 
put  out  other  systems  and  are  introducing  the  Isaac  Pitman.  This  will  go  on  in 
schools  everywhere  until  all  the  English-speaking  nations  will  have  one  shorthand 
writing  which  will  be  as  legible  as  print,  and  as  easy  of  manipulation  as  the  free- 
flowing  English  speech.  The  strongest  influence  in  the  bringing  about  of  this 
desirable  result  will  be  the  fact  that  wherever  the  pure,  unadulterated  Isaac  Pitman 
shorthand  is  used,  every  writer  uses  the  same  forms,  and  can  read  every  other 
writer's  shorthand  more  easily  than  longhand. 

White  this  is  going  on  in  America,  the  system  is  being  adapted  to  all  languages, 
and  is  now  used  in  reporting  French,  German,  Dutch,  Spanish,  Italian,  Welsh, 
Marathi,  Bengalee,  Hindoo,  Hungarian,  Chinese,  Japanese,  Siamese,  Fijian,  Tongon 
and  Malagasy.  A  few  years  ago  a  striking  illustration  of  this  adaptability  of  pho- 
nography to  languages,  other  than  English,  was  given  by  Mr.  Thomas  Allen  Reed, 
of  London,  England,  an  the  occasion  of  his  visit  to  India,  to  report  a  scientific 
congress.  Mr.  Reed  was  a  stranger  to  the  language  used  by  the  delegates  ;  yet, 
•writing  by  sound,  he  followed  the  speakers  in  Hindostani,  and  reproduced  his  notes 
with  accuracy.  No  mere  stenographic  system  could  have  enabled  him  to  perform  so 
extraordinary  a  feat. 

Wanted— A  Better  Text-book. 

While  we  think  the  system  is  not  capable  of  improvement  at  our  hands,  we  are 
confident  that  its  text-books  are.  The  presentation  of  the  system  in  the  Pitman 
text-books  is  not  suited  to  the  requirements  of  American  students  and  schools.  In 
this  opinion  we  are  borne  out  by  teachers  in  England  and  Canada  as  well  as  in 
America. 

Our  presentation  of  the  principles,  arrangement  of  the  lessons,  and  the  method 
of  instruction  are  pre-eminently  original  with  the  faculty  of  the  New  i7ork  Business 
College,  and  are  the  result  of  actual  teaching,  and  not  the  outcome  of  theory.  The 
aim  has  been  to  make  more  easy  and  rapid  the  acquisition  of  the  system  by  remov- 
ing the  many  stumbling-blocks  which  at  present  hinder  the  student's  progress.  Of 
our  success  in  this  direction  we  have  ample  proof.  We  have  always  kept  in  mind 
that  the  essentials  of  a  good  text-book  are  comprehensiveness,  accuracy  and  sim- 
plicity. The  Lessons  herein  given  will  be  found  unique  in  plan,  simple  in  treat- 
ment, and  to  conform  to  the  latest  and  most  successful  methods  of  instruction. 

'  The  Complete  Phonographic  Instructor." 

The  English  shorthand  text-book,  published  in  America  by  Isaac  Pitman  & 
Sons,  gives  the  same  words  in  different  forms  to  illustrate  various  principles  of 
abbreviation,  compelling  the  student  to  learn  and  unlearn  forms  as  he  advances. 
This  retards  progress,  creates  confusion,  and  perplexes  and  discourages  students. 
It  also  presents  the  system  in  chapters  and  paragraphs,  mixing  principles  in  a 
manner  that  makes  them  difficult  to  be  understood  by  the  student. 


INTRODUCTION.  11 


Xo  special  amanuensis  practice  is  given  in  the  English  text-books,  and  the 
contractions  are  presented  in  long  lists  which  discourage  the  stxident.  The  report- 
ing instructions  are  in  common  print,  aud  no  rules  are  given  under  sections  or 
divisions  for  the  development  of  the  system  by  abbreviation,  omission  and  phras- 
ing. In  this  American  exposition  of  phonography  all  these  defects  are  remedied. 

The  Jewel  of  Consistency. 

One  defect  of  the  English  text-books,  and  other  shorthand  publications  gener- 
ally, is  their  inconsistency.  The  text-book,  dictionary  and  periodical  publications 
issued  by  Isaac  Pitman  &  Sons  should  agree  in  outlines.  Unfortunately,  they  do 
not.  In  some  instances  the  text-books  give  one  outline  for  a  word ;  the  dictionary 
for  the  same  word  gives  another,  while  the  current  magazines,  published  by  them, 
give'a  third.  They  violate  with  annoying  frequency  some  of  the  simplest  and  best 
known  principles  of  the  art.  Such  inconsistencies,  however,  are  not  the  fault  of 
the  system.  In  these  American  Lessons,  and  the  works  which  are  to  follow,  we 
shall  endeavor  to  make  consistent  the  outlines  used.  Where  differences  exist  in  the 
Pitman  publications,  we  have  chosen  the  form  which  we  believe  to  be  in  accord 
with  the  correct  application  of  the  principles  of  the  system. 

A  Genuine  American  Production. 

American  teachers  and  shorthand  readers  have  good  reason  to  complain  that 
shorthand  books  produced  in  England  are  not  suitable  to  the  requirements  of 
American  schools  and  the  American  people.  The  presentation  in  phonography  for 
reading  practice  of  obscure  sermons  and  speeches  are  of  no  local  interest  to  the 
American  reader.  We  want  the  writings  of  American  genius  ;  a  literature  in  short- 
hand that  shall  present  to  readers  the  scenes,  memories,  thoughts  and  ideas 
familiar  to  Americans,  and,  for  want  of  other  means,  we  shall  take  upon  ourselves 
the  duty  of  satisfying  this  need  with  home-made  products. 

We  believe  we  have  successfully  "Americanized"  Isaac  Pitman.  In  the  first 
edition  of  these  Lessons,  presented  herewith,  errors  made  by  the  copyist,  or  by  the 
printer,  and  overlooked  by  the  author  and  proof  readers,  may  be  discovered  by 
captious  critics.  Should  there  be  such,  they  will  be  corrected  in  subsequent 
editions. 


LONGHAND  COMPARED  WITH  ISAAC  PITHAN'S  SHORTHAND. 


An  Impressive  Object  Lesson. 


THE  ALPHABET.  —  To  form  the  26  letters  of  the  longhand  alphabet  re- 
quires 117  inflections  of  the  pen.  To  make  26  letters  in  Isaac  Pitman's 
Shorthand  requires  only  26  inflections. 

SINGLE  LETTERS  __  In  longhand,  to  form  the  letter  A  requires  five  dis- 
tinct strokes  of  the  pen  ;  but  to  write  the  same  letter  in  shorthand  only 
needs  a  dot,  thus  :  . 

WORDS.  —  To  write  in  longhand  the  word  ought,  18  inflections  or 
strokes  of  the  pen  are  needed  ;  but  to  write  the  same  word  in  full  pho- 
nography takes  only  two  strokes,  thus  :  ~[ 

WORD  SIGNS.  —  More  than  60  per  cent-  of  the  English  language  is 
written  with  from  300  to  400  brief  characters  called  word-signs.  For 
instance:  It  requires  35  inflections  of  the  pen  to  write  the  word  lan- 
guage in  longhand  ;  but  in  Isaac  Pitman's  Shorthand  only  one  stroke 
is  needed,  thus:  ^^  In  the  word  establishment,  longhand  takes  55 
strokes,  but  in  shorthand  only  two,  thus  :  ^  ;  plenipotentiary  requires 
64  strokes,  but  in  Isaac  Pitman's  Shorthand  only  4,  thus  :  V 

PHRASING.  —  In  longhand,  to  preserve  legibility,  the  pen  is  lifted  from 
the  paper  at  the  end  of  each  word,  thereby  losing  much  time.  In  short- 
ha'id,  two  to  a  dozen  words  may  be  phrased  or  joined  together  without 
impairing  the  legibility.  Compare  the  complex  longhand  of  the  words, 
It  is  my  opinion,  with  the  brief,  simple  shorthand  characters  for  the 
same  phrase  :  J^_^  Or  compare,  I  do  not  think  it  is  necessary  at  pre- 
sent to  explain  (190  movements  of  the  pen)  with  the  clear,  compact, 
easily  formed  shorthand  phrases,  containing  only  20  movements,  thus: 


TIME  SAVING  EXPEDIENTS.  —  There  are  in  the  daily  use  of  our  language 
numerous  frequently  recurring  phrases  which  have,  in  Isaac  Pitman's 
Shorthand,  specially  brief  signs,  such  as,  In  order  to,  ^  ;  On  the  other 
hand,  d  ;  From  time  to  time,  \\  Day  after  day,  \,. 

These  examples  will  give  the  general  reader,  unacquainted  with 
shorthand,  some  idea  of  the  great  simplicity,  remarkable  brevity  and 
wonderful  advantage  of  Isaac  Pitman's  Shorthand,  when  compared  with 
the  complex,  cumbersome,  illegible  longhand. 


CONTENTS. 


To  the  Teacher    

Lesson. 

Page. 
16 

To  the  Student         

17 

I 

18,  19 

Joined  Consonants  Illustrated       .        .        .        .        .        .        . 

II 

20,  21 

The  Long  Vowels  Phonetically  Exemplified      .... 

III 

22,  23 

A  Long  Vowel  Sounded  Between  Two  Consonants      .        .        . 

IV 

24,  25 

Contractions  for  Frequently  Occurring  Words         .         . 

V 

20,  27 

The  Short  Vowels  Phonetically  Exemplified        .... 

VI 

28,  29 

Double  Vowels,  or  Diphthongs  and  Triphthong        .         .         . 

VII 

30,  31 

Recapitulation  of  Rules.     Vowel  Positions         .... 

VIII 

32,  33 

IX 

34,  35 

Contractions  for  Frequently  Occurring  Words        .        .        . 

X 

86,  37 

Stroke  8  and  Z.     Large  Circles  Sio  and  Ses           .... 

XI 

38,  39 

Ish  Written  Upward.     Lay  Downward    ..... 

XII 

40,  41 

Extra  Sign  for  R.     Omissions.     Tick  The            .... 

XIII 

42,  43 

Three  Additional  Signs  for  H.     Of  the      

XIV 

44,  45 

XV 

46,  47 

Contractions  with  Circle  S  and  Loop  St            .... 

XVI 

48,  49 

Initial  Hook  adding  R            

XVII 

50,  51 

Extra  Hooked  Signs  for  R.     Xg  Hooked.     Prefixes 

.     XVIII 

52,  53 

XIX 

54,  55 

Contractions  with  R  and  L  Hooks             

XX 

56,  57 

Double  Consonants.     Prefix  Con.     Affixes  ln<j-s          .        , 

XXI 

58,  59 

Small  Hook  adding  N        

.       XXII 

60,  61 

Final  Hook  adding  F  or  V    

XXIII 

62,  63 

XXIV 

64,  65 

Additional  Contractions         

XXV 

66,  67 

The  Halving  of  Consonants       

.       XXVI 

68,  69 

Halving  Principle  Continued.     Affixes         ..... 

XXVII 

70,  71 

Double  Length  Characters         

.    XXVIII 

72,  73 

Wand  Y  Series  of  Diphthongs    

XXIX 

74,  75 

Dissyllabic  Dipththongs  Illustrated         .         .         .         . 

XXX 

76,  77 

Contractions  Involving  Halving  Principle           .... 

XXXI 

78. 

Exercise  on  Contractions  ........ 

.    XXXII 

79 

"        ««            •«                  

XXXIII 

80 

•  <                      <<                     

.  xxxrv 

81 

«                      •<                 

XXXV 

82. 

14 


CONTENTS. 


Exercise  on  Contractions           

Leson. 
XXXVI 

Page. 
83 

"         "             "                 

XXXVII 

84 

•«             «                      "                                   .                                             

XXXVIII 

85 

The  Importance  cf  Kegular  Practice           
Correspondence  Speed  Exercise       

XXXIX 
XL 
XLI 

86 
87 
88 

«                             

XLII 

89 

"                   

XLIII 

90 

Review  and               "             "              

XLIV 
XLV 

91 

92 

XL  VI 

93 

<•                     «             .. 

XLVII 

94 

.<                             

XLVIII 

95 

"              *    

XLIX 

96 

Review  and              "             "              

L 
LI 

97 
98 

LII 

99 

<•                                 

LIII 

100 

"                     "             "              

LIV 

101 

Head'ines  for  Speed  Practice      

LV 
LVI 

T  TTTT 

102 
103 

LVII 

LVIII 
LIX 

104 
105 
106 

Influence  of  Concurring  Vowels      
Exceptions  to  the  Com  Principle         ....         .        . 
Influence  of  Final  Vowels  on  Outlines     ...... 

LX 
LXI 
LXII 

107 
108 
109 

Rules  for  the  Use  of  the  Pel  and  Per  Series        .... 

LXIII 

110 

Influence  of  Accent  on  Outline        .         .        .        . 

LXIV 

111 

«•"'<""         

LXV 

112 

£  Vowel  S  Medial  and  Final               

.      LXVI 

T  V\TTT 

113 

Kules  for  the  Past  Tense  

Ij  A  V  1  L 

LXVIII 

115 

Review  and  Speed  Exercise          ....... 
Heady  for  Eeporting         

LXIX 
LXX 
LXXI 

116 
117 
118 

How  to  Write  Negative  Words         
Must  Write  from  Dictation           

LXXII 

LXXIII 

LXXIV 

119 
120 
121 

Your  Working  Tools    .                 
Prefix  Con  and  Com  Omitted              

LXXV 
LXX  VI 

122 
123 

Omission  of  Implied  Words         

LXXVII 
LXXVIII 

124 
125 

LXXIX 

126 

CONTENTS,  15 


Leanon. 

Paye. 

Phrasing  2  —  Grarnmatic  Connection   

LXXX 

127 

Transcription  of  Notes     . 

LXXXI 

128 

Phrasing  3  —  Omission  of  "Words          .         ...         ... 

.      LXXXII 

129 

A  High  Kate  of  Speed  a  Necessity           ...... 

LXXXIII 

130 

Phrasing  4  —  Indication  of  Omitted  Words          .... 

.    LXXXIV 

131 

Phrasing  5  —  Abbreviations  of  Original  Forms        .... 

LXXXV 

132 

United  States  Cotton  and  Wheat         

.    LXXXVI 

133 

Phrasing  G  —  Altered  Forms              ,         

LXXXVII 

134 

Application  for  Stenographer     

LXXXVIII 

135 

Phrasing  7  —  Abbreviations      ........ 

LXXXIX 

]36 

XC 

137 

Phrasing  8—  Sentence  Phrases         ....... 

XCI 

138 

Intersections        .......... 

XCII 

139 

United  States  Tobacco    .                  

XCIII 

140 

Distinction  of  Similar  Words       

XCIV 

141 

Words  Distinguished  by  Inserting  a  Vowel            .... 

xcv 

142 

Business  Correspondence    ........ 

XCVI 

143 

United  States  Animals  and  Their  Products    ..... 

XCVII 

144 

Legibility  in  Phrasing          

.      XCVIII 

145 

Phrases  that  are  Easily  Joined         .....         .         . 

XCIX 

146 

"Lineality  in  Phrasing  

c 

147 

16  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


TO  THE  TEACHER 

Suggestions  that  may  be  Helpful . 

Read  carefully  the  introduction  to  this  text-book,  and  insist  upon  stu- 
dents doing  the  same  before  they  study  the  alphabet. 

Every  line  in  the  text-book  is  essential  and  practical.  Never  permit 
anything  to  be  passed  before  it  is  thoroughly  mastered. 

Great  and  sustain  enthusiasm  in  your  shorthand  classes.  Students 
whom  you  cannot  interest  rarely  make  efficient  amanuenses  or  reporters. 

If  it  is  impossible  to  enthuse  tke  student  in  the  best  way.  try  the  next 
best.  Idleness  is  exceedingly  unprofitable. 

Exempt  none  from  two  hours'  home  work  unless  parents  maintain 
that  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  do  so.  Home  work  is  important. 

Insist  upon  neatness  and  accuracy  from  the  first.  Speed  without 
legibility  is  of  no  practical  use  to  amanuenses  or  reporters. 

Besides  knowing  your  text-book  thoroughly,  you  should  be  able  to 
take  verbatim  notes.  Be  practical  as  well  as  theoretical. 

Be  familiar  with  the  requirements,  both  as  to  management  and  phrase- 
ology, of  large  commercial  houses,  and  other  places  of  business. 

Do  not  let  students  rest  by  cessation  from  work,  but  rather  by  chang- 
ing it.  If  tired  from  writing,  let  them  read  or  study. 

Writing  from  dictation  approaches  nearest  to  actual  reporting.  When 
students  can  copy  a  lesson  freely  it  should  be  dictated  to  them. 

Always  pronounce  distinctly.  It  is  a  great  help  to  the  student,  who 
has  enough  to  do  to  recall  the  correct  forms. 

Never  permit  the  dictation  to  be  interrupted,  and  be  sure  students 
read  what  they  write.  Enforce  this  requirement  very  firmly. 

Have  unbounded  faith  in  the  superiority  of  the  system  you  teach,  but 
never  disparage  other  systems,  teachers  or  writers. 

Sixty  per  cent,  of  English  speech  is  composed  of  three  hundred  fre- 
quently recurring  words  that  are  contractions.  Review  these  often. 

Until  all  the  lessons  are  mastered,  do  not  permit  students  to  write 
miscellaneous  words  unless  they  know  the  correct  outlines. 

To  obtain  good  results  from  shorthand  students  continuous  hard 
work  is  required.  Always  prepare  for  the  special  needs  of  each  student. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  17 


TO   THE    STUDENT. 


A  Few  Hints  of  some  Importance. 


This  text-book  is  prepared  especially  for  those  who  desire  to  learn 
quickly  and  thoroughly  the  Isaac  Pitman  System  of  Shorthand. 

It  is  impossible  to  master  shorthand  by  irregular  application.  The 
time  you  can  give  to  it  daily  should  be  arranged  for  in  advance. 

Your  motto  should  be :  "  This  one  thing  I  do,  morning,  noon  and 
night."  Study  and  write  shorthand  every  working  day  if  possible. 

The  shorthand  consonants,  like  anything  new,  will  appear  strange  to 
you.  To  master  them  you  must  memorize  them  and  practise  them. 

Unless  you  master  the  principles,  form  the  characters  neatly,  and 
practise  as  instructed,  you  will  never  become  a  fast  writei\ 

Never  practice  any  form  the  outline  of  which  you  are  not  certain  is 
correct.  Educate  the  eye,  the  ear  and  the  hand. 

If  you  have  a  good  education,  and  have  been  trained  to  handle  the 
pen  with  facility,  your  progress  will  be  rapid. 

The  best  work  can  be  executed  in  shorthand  by  cultivating  a  free  and 
easy  movement.  Make  the  strokes  neatly  and  quickly. 

Give  future  lessons  no  concern.  The  one  in  hand  and  those  you  have 
studied  demand  all  your  energies.  Review  often.  Write  much  daily. 

Some  people  who  know  nothing  about  shorthand  try  to  discourage 
students.  They  are  ignorant  advisers.  They  are  not  friends. 

Do  not  be  discouraged.  There  is  no  study  that  has  not  its  difficul- 
ties. Say  to  yourself,  u  I  will  succeed,  despite  discouragements." 

Bright,  quick  students  do  not  always  make  the  best  reporters.  The 
earnest,  patient  worker  never  fails  to  reach  the  highest  standard. 

Have  implicit  confidence  in  your  instructor.  Without  this  he  cannot 
successfully  help  you  to  attain  to  a  high  rate  of  speed. 

Do  not  call  upon  your  teacher  for  help  until  you  have  exhausted  all 
your  own  ingenuity.  Mental  exercise  develops  brain  power. 

The  habits  you  form  at  school  will  cling  to  you  in  business.  Don't  be 
impatient,  therefore,  when  good  habits  are  insisted  on.  Be  earnest. 

There  is  no  room  in  the  business  world  for  incompetents.  Those  who 
have  made  thorough  preparation  are  always  in  demand. 


18  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 

INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    I. 
The  Shorthand  Consonants  Exemplified. 


These  shorthand  consonants  (see  opposite  page)  should  be  read  by 
name  until  they  are  as  familiar  as  the  longhand  letters.  Then  breathe 
(whisper)  them  by  sound,  without  naming  them,  until  the  sound  or 
power  can  be  given  without  hesitation.  While  doing  this,  trace  each 
letter  with  a  dry  pen.  Memorize  the  NAME,  SOUND  and  DIREC- 
TION of  each  letter,  whether  straight  or  curved,  light  or  heavy. 

All  the  perpendicular  and  sloping  consonants  are  written  with  a  down 
stroke,  except  Lay,  Hay,  Way,  Yay  and  Hay.  These  five  letters  are 
written  with  an  up  stroke. 

There  is  no  C,  Q  or  X  in  the  shorthand  alphabet,  the  sounds  usually 
given  to  those  letters  being  represented  by  K  for  C  hard,  or  S  for 
C  soft,  Kw  for  Q,  and  Ks  for  X. 

When  it  is  necessary  to  name  a  shorthand  consonant  always  call  it  by 
its  phonetic  name;  but  in  tracing  or  writing  single  or  joined  letters,  or 
when  mentally  spelling  a  word  in  shorthand,  do  not  name  the  letters, 
only  breathe  their  sounds. 

Each  consonant  has  three  places.  The  FIRST  place  is  near  the 
point  where  the  letter  begins,  the  SECOND  is  the  middle,  and  the 
THIRD  is  near  the  end.  Phonographers  never  say  beginning,  middle 
and  end,  but  First,  Second  and  Third  place. 

When  a  student  can  read  a  Lesson  in  shorthand  without  hesitation, 
he  is  prepared  to  write  it,  but  not  before  he  can  do  this. 

Use  ruled  paper,  and  if  any  difficulty  is  experienced  in  making  the 
characters  small  enough  and  uniform  in  size,  select  paper  with  double 
lines.  Make  the  letters  the  same  size  as  those  in  the  Lesson. 

When  copying  shorthand  use  a  pen.  When  practising  or  writing 
from  dictation,  a  pencil  or  fountain  pen  is  more  convenient. 

Form  every  letter  as  neatly  and  accurately  as  in  the  printed  models. 
Practise  until  speed  in  reading  and  excellence  in  writing  are  acquired. 
After  you  can  make  the  letters  correctly,  write  each  at  least  ten  times ; 
then  copy  the  entire  exercise  five  times,  and  finally,  make  a  neat  copy 
in  ink  in  a  book  to  be  preserved. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


19 


LESSON   I. 


The  Shorthand  Consonants  Exemplified. 


Letter. 

Shorthand. 

Name. 

Letter 

Shorthand. 

Name. 

P 

\ 

Pee 

S 

) 

Ess 

B 

\                  Bee 

I 

z 

) 

Zee 

T 

| 

Tee 

Sh 

J 

Ish 

D 

1 

Dee 

Zh 

J 

Zhee 

CH 

/ 

Chay 

M 

^ 

Em 

J 

/ 

Jay 

N 

^> 

En 

K 



Kay 

NG 

^ 

lug 

G 



Gay 

L 

r 

Lay 

F 

W- 

Eff 

R 

^ 

Ray 

V 

^ 

Vee 

W 

'</ 

Way 

TH 

( 

Ith 

Y 

<s 

Yay 

THE 

C 

Thee 

H 

o 

Hay 

\ 


I  /  / 

J  J 


\   / 


\ 


/ 


C    ) 


20  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    II. 


How  Consonants  are  Joined  in  Phonography. 


The  pkonographer's  motto,  when  tracing  shorthand  characters,  is: 
"Forward,  with  good  joinings!  "  The  letters  Chay,  Jay,  Ish  and  Zhee 
are  the  only  letters  that  bring  the  hand  backward. 

The  consonants  are  joined  without  lifting  the  pen,  the  second  letter 
commencing  where  the  first  ends,  the  third  where  the  second  ends,  and 
so  on. 

Read  several  times  the  combinations  in  Lesson  II,  giving  each  letter 
its  phonetic  name;  then  breathe  its  sound  or  power.  As  you  read 
them,  trace  each  character  and  combination  with  a  dry  pen.  After- 
wards write  the  whole  as  directed  in  Lesson  I. 

After  the  Second  Lesson  has  been  mastered  as  directed,  the  combina- 
tions below  should  be  studied  in  this  manner:  Give  each  consonant 
its  phonetic  name,  breathe  its  sound  and  tell  whether  it  is  straight  or 
curved,  light  or  shaded.  Write  each  combination  ten  times  or  more, 
and  copy  the  whole  Lesson  carefully  into  a  book. 

The  first  upward  or  downward  stroke  in  a  combination  of  consonants 
should  rest  on  the  line,  as  in  the  following  examples : 

(a)  One  descending  stroke,  resting  on  the  line,  followed  by  a  hori- 
zontal letter  written  along  the  line :  Pk,  pg,  pm,  tk,  tg,  dm,  ch-k,  jg, 
fm,  vn,  th-m,  thee-n,  zh-m,  sn,  sh-n,  sm,  tn,  dn,  pn. 

(b)  A  horizontal  stroke,  written  above  the  line,  followed  by  a  de- 
scending stroke  which  rests  on  the  line:  Kp,  gp,  mb,  kt,  gt,  nd,  ng-d, 
n-ch,  mj,  m-sh,  n-zh,  m-th,  ns,  n-sh,  nz. 

(c)  Letters  joined,  without  angles,  the  first  descending  stroke  rest- 
ing on  the  line,  and  the  second  descending  stroke  going  below  the  line : 
Pp,  bb,  ch-ch,  jj,  tt,  td,  dd,  dt,  ch-j,  j-ch,  th-s,  s-th,  z-th,  thee-s. 

(d)  Two  ascending  letters  joined,  the  first  commencing  on  the  line, 
the  second  above  the  line :  LI,  Ir,  rl,  rr,  wr,  rw,  yr,  nr. 

All  printed  Exercises,  when  written  in  shorthand,  should  be  submitted 
to  the  teacher  before  they  are  practised  ten  times. 

The  consonants,  singly  and  in  combination,  as  in  Lessons  I  and  II, 
should  be  thoroughly  learned  before  proceeding  to  Lesson  III. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


21 


LESSON    II. 


Joined   Consonants    Illustrated. 


...L L,... 

p*  Pg  bk  tk  tg  dk  dp  ch-k 


Pm  bm  tm  dm  ch-m  jm  fm  vm 


Kp  kb 


kd  kj  k-ch  kf  kv 


Pnpr  bnbr  jkd  ch-ng-k  jnr  tml 


Z_ 
k 

"T 


C 

X  —  ' 


V       L       / 

V^.^         U.  _  ^       '  --  . 


\ 


S  \  <  !  < 


K       Lx        ^        U        ^       ^ 

^-^-\ 


<s^\ 

1^- 
-7 

) 

) 


22  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   LESSON    III. 


The  Long  Vowels  Phonetically  Exemplified. 


The  long  vowel  sound,  as  heard  in  the  words  pa,  baa,  fa,  da,  ma,  Shah, 
is  represented  by  a  heavy  dot  written  in  the  first  place,  close  to,  but  not 
touching,  the  stroke  consonant.  Vowel  name :  First  place  heavy  dot. 

The  long  vowel  sound,  as  heard  in  the  words  pay,  bay,  Tay,  day,  jay, 
they,  say,  gay,  ray,  is  represented  by  a  heavy  dot  written  in  the  second 
place,  close  to,  but  not  touching,  the  stroke  consonant.  Vowel  name: 
Second  place  heavy  dot. 

The  long  vowel  sound,  as  heard  in  the  words  pea,  bee,  tea,  key,  fee, 
thee,  see,  she,  lea,  me,  is  represented  by  a  heavy  dot  written  in  the 
third  place,  close  to,  but  not  touching,  the  consonant.  Vowel  name: 
Third  place  heavy  dot. 

The  long  vowel  sound,  as  heard  in  the  words  paw,  taw,  daw,  maw, 
saw,  caw,  is  represented  by  a  heavy  dash  written  at  a  right  angle,  in  the 
first  place,  close  to,  but  not  touching,  the  consonant.  Vowel  name: 
First  place  heavy  dash. 

The  long  vowel  sound,  as  heard  in  the  words  Poe,  beau,  toe,  doe,  Joe, 
go,  foe,  though,  so,  show,  low,  mow,  no,  woe,  row,  is  represented  by  a 
heavy  dash  written  at  a  right  angle,  in  the  second  place,  close  to,  but 
not  touching,  the  consonant.  Vowel  name :  Second  place  heavy  dash. 

The  long  vowel  sound,  as  heard  in  the  words  pooh,  do,  Jew,  coo, 
shoe,  is  represented  by  a  heavy  dash  written  at  a  right  angle,  in  the 
third  place,  close  to,  but  not  touching,  the  consonant.  Vowel  name: 
Tnird  place  heavy  dash. 

Phonography  pictures  the  sound  of  the  human  voice  by  written  char- 
acters. Silent  letters,  therefore,  cannot  be  written  in  phonography. 
The  student  must  ascertain  the  sounds  heard  in  each  word  and  write 
the  phonetic  characters  that  represent  them,  regardless  of  how  the 
words  are  spelled. 

Head  and  write  phonography  forward  along  the  line,  and  downward 
from  top  to  bottom  of  page,  as  with  ordinary  print.  When  a  vowel  is 
written  on  the  left  hand  side  of  a  perpendicular  or  sloping  consonant, 
or  above  a  horizontal  one,  it  is  read  before  the  consonant ;  when  on  the 
other  side  it  is  read  after  the  consonant. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  23 

LESSON   III. 
The  Long  Vowels  Phonetically  Exemplified. 

First  place  dot,     X^             \^              ^_                          <  •>•             J  ' 

As  in                     Pa.            baa             fa.            tah  ma              Shah 

Second  place  dot,     \                  v  ,              I  .               I  .  /                V. 

As  in                    Pay            bay           Tay            day  jay            say 
Third  place  dot,                                             . 

As  in                   Pea            bee            tea            key  fee           thee 

First  place  dash,  \                                                   -j  —  >•  \~           - 

As  in                    Paw           taw           daw           maw  saw           caw 

Second  place  dash,    ^x            v  „                 I               I  _  /           ^j— 

As  in                    Poe            beau            toe            doe  Joe             go 
Third  place  dash, 

-\-«  ......  L-  ........  I.  ......  /•  ...........  /.  .........  —  -. 

As  in                   Pooh           too           do           chew  Jew            coo 


x  /•  i 

/-   o    ^-^^r^ 


,v,-v-/v—  ,   v.  (.   is  r  -> 

..^-  x  X     V      I-     /-    /-    T-    -r-     )-    ^ 


..v,.  .  ^    . 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   LESSON    IV. 


A  Long  Vowel  Sounded  Between  Two  Consonants. 


When  a  vowel  sound  occurs  between  two  consonants,  as  in  the  words 
palm,  talk,  dame,  dome,  it  is  possible  to  write  the  character  represent- 
ing the  vowel  sound  either  after  the  first  consonant  or  before  the  sec- 
ond. To  secure  uniformity  in  writing  the  following  rules  are  observed : 

RULE  I. — All  first  place  dots  and  dashes  sounded  between  two  conso 
nants  are  written  in  the  first  place,  after  and  to  the  first  consonant, 
never  to  the  second. 

RULE  II, — A  second  place  heavy  dot  or  dash  sounded  between  two 
consonants,  is  written  in  the  second  place,  after  and  to  the  first  con- 
sonant, never  to  the  second. 

RULE  III. — All  third  place  dots  and  dashes  sounded  between  two 
consonants  are  written  in  the  third  place,  before  and  to  the  second 
consonant,  never  to  the  first. 

These  rules  should  be  committed  to  memory  and  repeated  every  time 
a  word  is  written  that  has  a  vowel  sounded  between  two  consonants 
until  they  can  be  applied  without  hesitation. 

Perpendicular  and  sloping  stroke  consonants  have  three  positions: 
(1)  Above  the  line ;  (2)  On  the  line;  (3)  Through  the  line.  Horizontal 
stroke  consonants  have  only  two  positions:  (1)  Above  the  line ;  (2)  On 
the  line. 

By  writing  words  in  position,  according  to  their  vowel  sounds,  pho- 
nographers  familiar  with  shorthand  characters  need  not  write  the  vow- 
els, because  the  position  indicates  them.  Some  common  words  are  written 
on  the  line  for  convenience,  regardless  of  their  vowel  sounds,  and  words 
containing  more  than  two  stroke  consonants,  having  distinctive  outlines, 
are  always  written  on  the  line.  The  combination  of  consonants  that 
forms  the  shorthand  word  is  called  an  "  outline." 

Lesson  IV,  like  all  others,  must  be  first  read  and  then  written  as 
directed  in  previous  instructions.  Do  not  pass  on  to  the  next  Lesson 
until  the  one  you  are  studying  can  be  written  accurately  and  quickly 
from  dictation.  Reading  is  as  important  as  writing.  Educate  the  eye, 
the  ear  and  the  hand. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


25 


LESSON    IV. 

A  Long  Vowel  Sounded  Between  Two  Consonants. 

First  position, ^ — x  >V— ^  /^*V_         s-~-^         /^ 

As  in                   Calm  balm  laugh         maul         chalk         ball 

Second  position,         _  m  ^-^ 

As  in                   Bate  bathe  came         comb         mole         load 
Third  position, 


As  in 


Keep         beam         deem         doom,        move         room 


V 


^ 


^  i;  < 

77    -*N 


>' 


<]     s\ 


26  THE   AMERICAN   ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   LESSON   V. 


Contractions,  Qrammalogues  or  Word=signs  and  How  they  are 

Used. 


Frequently  occurring  words  are  expressed  in  shorthand  by  part  of 
their  phonetic  forms.  A  consonant,  or  combination  of  consonants,  is 
generally  used,  but  sometimes  a  vowel  or  diphthong  sign  is  selected, 
while  in  a  few  cases  the  character  chosen  is  no  part  of  the  word  it  repre- 
sents. When  only  one  letter  of  a  word  is  used,  phonographers  usually 
call  it  a  grammalogue.  When  a  combination  of  two  or  more  letters  is 
employed,  they  name  it  a  contraction  or  word-sign.  In  these  Lessons 
all  abbreviated  forms  are  called  contractions. 

Contractions  are  generally  written  on  the  line,  although  sometimes 
they  are  placed  above  or  through  the  line,  that  they  may  not  be  read 
for  other  words.  If  unruled  paper  is  used,  and  the  word  or  contraction 
has  a  place  above  or  through  the  line,  the  position  should  be  indicated 
by  a  dotted  line  as  shown  in  the  Lesson.  With  the  exception  of  own 
and  young,  words  represented  by  horizontal  consonants  and  vowel 
signs  can  only  be  written  in  two  positions :  above  and  on  the  line.  De- 
scending and  ascending  consonants  have  three  places:  above,  on,  and 
through  the  line.  Above  the  line  is  called  the  first  place ;  on  the  line 
the  second  place;  through  the  line  the  third  place.  No  disjoined  vowel 
sign  is  placed  to  a  contraction. 

Occasionally  one  sign  represents  two  or  three  words,  but  the  signs 
have  been  chosen  so  that  the  rules  of  grammar,  or  the  context,  will 
prevent  ambiguity.  For  instance:  A  dot  above  the  line  represents  a  or 
an.  The  grammatical  construction  of  the  sentence  always  makes  it 
clear  which  word  is  indicated.  And  so  with  others. 

Each  contraction  should  be  studied,  memorized,  written,  re-written, 
and  read  as  if  it  were  an  additional  letter  of  the  alphabet.  Always  read 
what  you  write  and  as  often  as  you  write  it,  for  reading  is  as  important 
as  writing.  These  contractions  should  be  practised  until  each  can  be 
written  from  dictation  at  the  rate  of  fifty  a  minute. 

The  period  is  represented  by  a  cross;  all  the  other  punctuation 
marks  are  the  same  as  in  longhand.  In  reporting,  the  comma  and  semi- 
colon are  seldom  used. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


LESSON   V. 


Contractions  for  Frequently    Occurring  Words. 


o 


\       - 


An     and     all      are      at      as     has      away      be      but      by     can     come 
J......I..../....J  ........  S: 


/../..     ........    :  ......  S,  ......  , 


o 


Do     did     each     had       half       have      he      his      holy      how  if     is      it 

C..  1.1...J         "^  v    )       (  ,     < 

•••'•  ......  I"-  •<L'  ..........  \  ............................. 

Lord     much     not     of     on     out     own     or     put     saw      that  the     thy 

\        ^  fyC/  ^ 

\....\  .....  /  ......  .<.  .......  ........  f.  ................  .( 

To     up     was     when     why     who     with     without     ye     year  you     your 


.  —  r.  L-  i  x 
~  ^  \   ^  \  \.l.  xi   < 

S 

^         \  '        /          '  \^-          X 

v^.  x 

I        -N         /TJ  ^        /TV_       I 


.> • 


28  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    VI. 


The  Short  Vowels  Phonetically  Exemplified. 


There  are  six  short  vowels  heard  in  English  speech,  as  in  the  words 
bat,  bet,  bit ;  lock,  luck,  look. 

The  short  vowel  sound  heard  in  the  words  add,  ash,  at,  am,  Ann,  ask, 
is  represented  by  a  light  dot  written  in  the  first  place,  close  to,  but.  iict 
touching,  the  stroke  consonant.  Vowel  name:  First  place  light  dot. 

The  short  vowel  sound  heard  in  the  words  ebb,  egg,  ell,  etch,  edge, 
is  represented  by  a  light  dot  written  in  the  second  place,  close  to,  but 
not  touching,  the  stroke  consonant.  Vowel  name:  Second  place  light 
dot. 

The  short  vowel  sound  heard  in  the  words  if,  ill,  it,  in,  is  represented 
by  a  light  dot  written  in  the  third  place,  close  to,  but  not  touching,  the 
stroke  consonant.  Vowel  name :  Third  place  light  dot. 

The  short  vowel  sound  heard  in  the  words  off,  bog,  bosh,  chop,  cob, 
cog,  jot,  job,  is  represented  by  a  light  dash  written  at  a  right  angle,  in 
the  first  place,  close  to,  but  not  touching,  the  stroke  consonant.  Vowel 
name :  First  place  light  dash. 

The  short  vowel  sound  heard  in  the  words  up,  cub,  cull,  cup,  dub, 
dull,  gum,  hub,  jug,  love,  mug,  urge,  is  represented  by  a  light  dash 
written  at  a  right  angle,  in  the  second  place,  close  to,  but  not  touching, 
the  stroke  consonant.  Vowel  name :  Second  place  light  dash. 

The  short  vowel  sound  heard  in  the  words  bull,  bush,  book,  look? 
nook,  rook,  push,  shook,  took,  is  represented  by  a  light  dash  written 
at  a  right  angle,  in  the  third  place,  close  to,  but  not  touching,  the 
stroke  consonant.  Vowel  name :  Third  place  light  dash. 

RULE  IV. — The  second  place  light  dot  and  dash,  sounded  between 
two  consonants,  are  written  in  the  second  place,  before  and  to  the  sec- 
ond consonant,  never  to  the  first. 

Lesson  VI,  like  all  others,  must  first  be  read,  then  written  as  directed 
in  previous  instructions. 

EXERCISE. — I  can  go  out  with  that  lad  any  day.  When  the  big  dog 
came  out  of  the  shed  on  that  rainy  day  it  bit  Jack  on  the  neck  and  Paul 
on  the  leg. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


29 


LESSON   VI. 


Short  Vowels  Phonetically  Exemplified. 

First  place  dot,  ~, — ^  < ,  -^  I 


As  in  At  am            Ann  ash            ask  add 

Second  place  dot,  i                                 .  -s-             ./  ./ 

As  in  Ed  ebb            egg  ell  etch  edge 
Third  place  dot, 


As  in  It  if  in  ill  bit  nick 

First  place  dash,     'V^  \__  i     \       .  Xx  /~~ 

As  in  Off  bog  cob  cog  jot  job 

Second  place  dash.  - — ^  ^  <  X'X.  /*• 

As  in  Up  cub  cup  gum  hub  jug 

Third  place  dash,  ,  ,  1  ! 

As  in  Pull          bull  look  book  took  rook 


>     . 

s    L.    ' ' 
..    L_   ' 

Ir ..:... 


.f 


'       o 


.    i 

x     _( 


,  ) 


30  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    VII. 


Double  Vowels,  or  Diphthongs  and  Triphthongs. 


A  diphthong  is  a  union  of  two  simple  vowel  sounds  pronounced  in 
one  syllable,  as  in  the  words  by,  now,  boy,  pew. 

The  blended  double  vowel  sound,  or  diphthong,  heard  in  the  words 
pie,  by,  tie,  die,  guy,  vie,  sigh,  lie,  my,  nigh,  rye,  is  represented  in 
plionography  by  a  small  angular  mark,  something  like  the  letter  V,  It 
may  be  written  in  the  first,  second  or  third  place  as  most  convenient. 
Diphthong  name :  /. 

The  blended  double  vowel  sound,  or  diphthong,  heard  in  the  words 
pow,  cow,  vow,  thou,  now,  is  represented  in  phonography  by  a  small 
angular  mark,  something  like  the  letter  A.  It  may  be  written  in  the 
first,  second  or  third  place  as  most  convenient.  Diphthong  name :  Oni. 

The  blended  double  vowel  sound,  or  diphthong,  heard  in  the  words 
boy,  toy,  joy,  coy,  is  represented  by  a  small  slanting  angular  mark.  It 
is  always  written  in  the  first  place.  Diphthong  name :  Oi. 

The  blended  double  vowel  sound,  or  diphthong,  heard  in  the  words 
pew,  due,  few,  view,  cue,  mew,  new,  is  represented  by  a  small  curve.  It 
is  always  written  in  the  third  place.  Diphthong  name :  U. 

There  is  a  small  class  of  words,  such  as  wide,  wight,  wife,  into  which 
are  blended  three  simple  vowel  sounds,  called  a  triphthong.  It  is  repre- 
sented in  phonography  by  a  small  right  angle.  It  may  be  written  in  the 
first,  second  or  third  place,  as  most  convenient.  Triphthong  name:  Wi. 

I,  Ow,  U  and  Wi  may  be  joined  when  convenient. 

Lesson  VII,  like  all  the  other  Lessons,  should  be  read,  written  and 
mastered  as  previously  stated. 

EXERCISE. — May  I  write  my  name  in  the  book  now  ?  No ;  but  you 
may  read  the  book  which  was  given  you  by  the  boy.  If  Paul,  Joe  and 
Mary  Dale  come  to  see  me,  may  I  go  to  the  lodge  and  get  the  key  of 
the  row  boat"?  No;  but  you  may  go  and  get  Joe  Shaw  and  Jack  Perry, 
and  see  the  cow  and  sheep  which  we  bought  at  the  show.  If  Paul  and 
the  new  boy  come  we  shall  enjoy  the  show.  Dick  bought  a  duck  and 
took  it  to  the  duke.  My  wife  and  I  may  go  to  the  beach  to  night.  Pay 
the  money  now  due  at  the  oil  shop. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


LESSON   VII. 


Double  Vowels,  or  Diphthongs,  and  Triphthong. 


Diphthong  7,               xv           -"~^          \v  |  v             I  v             )  v 

As  in                       By            my            pie  tie            die             sigh 

Diphthong  OW,                                             ^ ^  

As  in                        Pow           bow           now  out          cow           vow 

4                  I  ^              s  -7  * 

Dipththong  01,         \  I  /  ? <^""~         ^X/^ 

As  in                      Boy           toy           joy  coy           oil           boil 

Diphthong  U,  ^ ^  ^^^ 

As  in                       Pew           due           few  view         mew         new 

Triphthong  WI,           I                                      \ >»_/^            ^^J 

As  in                        Wide           wight           wife  wifely           wifelike 

^'^  "7                              "7 

1      1      ^      ^r-     \^  V     V-    X, 

_ :   csr.'. .* 

X\  '\A  A      '    '\\  " 


\ 


32  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LES5ON    VIII. 


Recapitulation  of  Rules. — Vowel  Positions. 


The  period  is  represented  by  a  cross ;  all  the  other  punctuation  marks 
are  the  same  as  in  longhand. 

When  a  vowel  is  written  on  the  left  hand  side  of  a  perpendicular  or 
sloping  consonant,  or  above  a  horizontal  one,  it  is  read  before  the  con- 
sonant. When  on  the  other  side  it  is  read  after  the  consonant. 

RULE  I. — All  first  place  dots  and  dashes,  whether  light  or  heavy, 
sounded  between  two  consonants,  are  written  in  the  first  place,  after 
and  to  the  first  consonant,  never  to  the  second. 

RULE  II. — The  second  place  heavy  dot  and  dash,  sounded  between 
two  consonants,  are  written  in  the  second  place,  after  and  to  the  first 
consonant,  never  to  the  second. 

RULE  III. — All  third  place  dots  and  dashes,  whether  light  or  heavy, 
sounded  between  two  consonants,  are  written  in  the  third  place,  before 
and  to  the  second  consonant,  never  to  the  first. 

RULE  IV. — The  second  place  light  dot  and  dash,  sounded  between 
two  consonants,  are  written  in  the  second  place,  before  and  to  the 
second  consonant,  never  to  the  first. 

The  diphthongs  /  and  Ow,  and  the  triphthong  Wi,  may  be  written 
in  the  first,  second  or  third  place,  to  the  consonant,  as  may  be  con- 
venient. Oi  is  written  in  the  first  place,  and  U  in  the  third.  The 
diphthongs  may  sometimes  be  joined  to  the  consonants. 

The  student  should  now  be  able  to  write  the  preceding  Lessons  with 
facility.  If  taken  from  dictation,  he  should  be  able  to  write  from 
thirty  to  sixty  words  a  minute.  Rather  write  thirty  a  minute  neatly 
than  sixty  a  minute  slovenly.  The  sentences  given  in  the  preceding 
Exercises  should  be  written  at  the  rate  of  thirty  words  a  minute.  This 
may  be  accomplished  by  making  each  sentence  a  headline,  as  in  a  copy- 
book, and  writing  it  until  that  speed  is  attained. 

Speed  in  writing  can  only  be  attained  by  constant,  careful,  daily 
practice.  The  fastest  American  shorthand  writers  believe  in  and  practice 
on  the  principle  that  it  is  better  to  write  one  sentence  fifty  times  than 
fifty  sentences  once. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


33 


LESSON    VIII. 


Recapitulation  of  Rules.    Vowel  Positions. 


Ace     say     age     jay     aim     may     ale     lay     ape    pay.      Eat    tea    ease. 


At      e"bb      it      ell       ill        bat       bet       bit       lock       luck       look       book 


Laugh        loaf        move        ball        bale        deal       folly       follow       filly 

<     -r 


Rye      nigh      sigh      my      lie     by.        Joy      toy      toil      boil      '  oy      coil 


Wide    wife    wifely    wight.       Due    new    view    few.       Now    thou    vow 
V       \v      ^       Iv        Iv     )- 

r   r  -\    !•  x  x  . 


/    C-  ... 


34  THE   AMERICAN   ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    IX. 


Additional  Signs  for  S  and  Z. 


"With  the  phonetic  signs  already  given,  every  word  in  the  English 
language  can  be  written  three  times  faster  than  by  the  use  of  the  ordi- 
nary longhand  alphabet.  But  this  is  not  sufficient  for  amanuensis  and 
reporting  work.  There  are,  therefore,  principles  of  abbreviation  and 
methods  of  contraction  which  must  be  learned  before  the  hand  is  able 
to  keep  pace  with  thought.  These  principles  are  introduced  gradually 
and  applied  extensively  in  this  presentation  of  the  system. 

A  small  circle  is  used  as  an  additional  sign  for  the  sound  of  s  and 
2.  Phonetic  name:  See.  When  joined  to  straight  con-sonants,  either 
initially  or  finally,  the  circle  is  written  on  the  right  hand  side  of  down- 
strokes  and  the  upper  side  of  Tc  and  g  and  upstrokes.  When  joined 
to  curves,  with  few  exceptions  (see  fslt)  it  is  written  inside  the  first 
curve.  Between  two  straight  strokes  forming  an  angle,  it  is  written  on 
the  outside  of  the  angle. 

A  vowel  cannot  be  written  to  a  circle,  but  is  always  written  and  read 
to  the  stroke  consonant.  When  a  circle  is  written  to  the  beginning  of 
an  initial  stroke  consonant  it  is  read  first ;  and  when  it  is  written  to  the 
end  of  a  final  stroke  consonant  it  is  read  last. 

Write  the  following  combinations  with  the  circle  sign,  and  blend  or 
breathe  the  s  sound  with  the  stroke  consonant  to  which  it  is  attached. 
Do  this  many  times  as  previously  instructed. 

Sp,  sb,  sd,  st,  s-ch,  sg,  sv,  s-ith,  sin,  sn,  s-ng,  si,  sr,  sj,  sk,  ss,  s-thee, 
s-zh,  sf,  sr,  s-sh,  sz, 

Ps,  bs,  ts,  ds,  ch-s,  ks,  gs,  fs,  vs,  ith-s,  thee-s,  ss,  zs,  sh-s,  zh-s,  ms, 
ns,  ng-s,  Is,  rs,  ws,  ys,  hs. 

Psb,  pst,  psj,  psm,  psn,  ps-ith,  bs-r,  bsw,  dsk,  nst,  ksg,  gsm,  gsn, 
vs-ith,  zh-sp,  sps,  sts,  s-ch-s,  sks,  sf  s,  sns,  sms,  fslt,  sksl,  smsls. 

EXERCISE. — Half,  not,  to,  you,  and,  come,  how,  put,  who,  all,  do,  if 
saw,  with,  are,  did,  it,  that,  without,  at,  each,  Lord,  the,  ye,  as,  had, 
much,  thy,  year,  has,  away,  be,  have,  of,  up,  but,  he,  on,  was,  your, 
when,  out,  his,  by,  can,  is,  holy,  own,  or,  why. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


35 


LESSON    IX. 


Additional  Sign  for  S  and  Z. 


f.  .....  f. 


Sp        sb        st        sd        s-ch        sj        sk         sg        sf        s-th        s-thee 
3  ........  °)  .........  J  .........  J  .......  <r>.  .......  S-  .......  ^x  ........  C  ......  ?/. 

Ss  sz  s-sh  s-zh  sm  sn  s-ng  si  sr 


Ps         ds         ch-s          ks         gs         fs         ss         Is         rs         \vs         hs 


Tsm  msm  nsn  fsn 


Ism  nst 

C. 

s-ch-sr  sis  smsms 


ksr  wsn 


Spsm  srsns  sbsks 


ysr 


—  5 


I  _        f^ 

J  —         I 


v- 


Xj 


/<• 


86  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   LESSON   X. 
Questions  for  SeIf=Examination. — Lessons  I  to  IX. 


1. — Name  the  straight  and  curved  consonants. 

2. — How  many  long  vowels,  short  vowels,  diphthongs  and  triph- 
thongs? 

3. — Name  the  vowels  and  diphthongs.  Give  the  rules  for  placing  them. 

4. — How  many  times  have  you  written  the  contractions  given  in  Les- 
son V? 

5. — How  many  contractions  can  you  write  per  minute? 

6. — Repeat  the  rules  for  writing  vowels  between  two  consonants. 

7. — Have  you  written  each  letter  and  word  ten  times  ? 

8. — Are  all  the  lessons  copied  into  a  book  in  ink? 

9. — Name  the  additional  sign  for  s  and  z. 

Master  the  contractions  in  Lesson  X  as  instructed  in  Lesson  V,  and 
transcribe  the  following  Exercise  into  shorthand,  leaving  each  alternate 
line  for  corrections,  and  give  it  to  the  teacher,  along  with  the  answers 
to  the  above  review  questions. 

EXERCISE. — "Which  youth  did  you  see  at  the  show?  I  saw  Paul  and 
Joe.  Have  you  thanked  them  ?  No ;  but  I  think  I  shall  do  so  on  Mon- 
day. How  many  were  at  the  ball  game?  I  saw  so  many  that  I  can  not 
name  them  now.  Have  you  read  the  book  which  I  bought  at  the  large 
shop  on  Tuesday?  I  think  not.  Is  that  the  book  which  Joe  Shaw  is 
now  reading?  No;  the  book  which  I  saw  Joe  Shaw  reading  was  not 
the  book  I  bought  him.  If  I  go  to  Home  I  may  take  Sam  with  me.  I 
do  not  think  Sam  will  go  to  Rome  with  you  now.  Joe,  what  differ- 
ence do  they  make  when  you  take  five  at  a  time?  They  make  no  differ- 
ence to  me,  but  they  make  a  difference  to  you.  How  much  did  you  pay 
to  get  the  use  of  the  large  boat  all  day?  I  paid  a  dime,  but  I  think 
Joe  paid  five  or  six.  Do  you  think  it  would  be  wrong  to  go  with  me  to 
the  ball  on  the  eighteenth?  No,  I  do  not  think  it  would  be  wrong,  I 
think  it  would  be  right,  but  you  should  not  go  on  Monday  if  you  go  on 
the  eighteenth.  Do  you  know  the  youth  who  was  at  the  show  with  Joe 
Paul  and  May  Dale  ?  I  think  I  know  him,  but  I  would  not  make  oath 
to  it. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  37 


LESSON    X. 


Contractions  for  Frequently  Occurring  Words. 


Business      different-ce       give  -n       go       ago  him  may       hour       our 

v      v      —  -     ^_^             S            v  __  „        ^-^  ^-^  I 

I       eye       in       any  large      language      me      my  no        know       O 
' 


Owe      ought      see      use      shall      should      so      us      she      wish      to  be 

\  .......  (  ...........  .(.  ..........  .(  .......  w  ........  .(  .........  (  .........  N  .......  >..... 

Be        thank-ed        them        they        thing        think       though       two       too 

••  -^  .....  «£...*<  .....  '  ......  /  ........  )  .......  )  .......  ?.  .......  (.  .......  ^  ..... 

Usual-ly     we     way     what     which     whose     use     would     youth     young 


I  _ 

X 


-No    -^      ^      ' 


J          I          o         s      ,"  .....  '-      V        ^ 


,  n  ,        x  v         VV         . 

.)../'  _<  ..^"o  4,  f-.i    D,  ,i  ..!.  . 

s  < 

448470 


38  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 

INSTRUCTIONS   FOR  LESSON  XI. 
Stroke  S  and  Z.     Large  Circles  Sw  and  Ses. 


As  it  is  possible  to  write  either  the  stroke  consonant  or  small  circle 
to  represent  the  sounds  s  and  z,  to  secure  uniformity  the  following- 
rules  for  writing  the  stroke  s  and  z  are  observed. 

Rules  for  Writing  Stroke  S  and  Z. 

EULE  I, — "When  s  or  z  is  the  only  consonant  in  a  word,  and  in  de_ 
rivatives  of  such  words,  as  in  saw,  sawmill. 

RULE  II. — When  a  word  begins  with  the  sound  of  z,  as  in  zeal. 

RULE  III. — When  s  or  z  is  the  first  consonant  in  a  word  preceded 
by  a  vowel,  or  the  last  consonant,  foUowed  by  a  vowel  that  is  sounded, 
as  in  acid,  assume,  also,  uneasy. 

RULE  IV, — In  words  where  initial  s  is  followed  by  two  vowels  or 
final  s  or  z  is  preceded  by  two  vowels,  as  in  science,  chaos. 

RULE  V. — In  words  beginning  with  s  followed  by  a  vowel  and  s  or  z 
initial  or  final,  as  in  society,  season,  disuse. 

Large  Circles  Sw  and  Ses. 

The  initial  double  consonantal  sound  sw  is  represented  by  a  large 
circle  written  initially  on  the  same  side  of  the  stroke  consonant  as  the 
small  circle  s,  as  in  sweet,  swim.  It  is  never  used  medially  or  finally, 
and  must  always  be  joined  to  the  stroke  consonant.  Being  a  circle,  a 
a  vowel  cannot  be  placed  to  it.  Phonetic  name :  Sway. 

The  s  circle  may  be  made  double  its  size  to  represent  either  of  the 
sounds,  ses,  sez,  zes,  zez,  as  in  necessity,  passes,  possessive,  causes.  It 
cannot  be  used  initially,  but  may  be  employed  medially  or  finally,  S 
may  be  added  to  the  final  Ses  circle  by  continuing  the  stroke  of  the 
circle  to  the  opposite  side  of  the  letter,  forming  another  circle,  as  in 
exercises.  The  cirAe  Ses  is  supposed  to  contain  the  second  place  short 
vowel  sound ;  the  o^ier  vowels  may  be  expressed  by  writing  them  within 
the  circle,  as  in  census,  exist,  exhaust.  Being  a  circle,  a  vowel  cannot  be 
placed  to  it.  Phonetic  name :  Ses. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


39 


LESSON    XI. 


Stroke  S  and  Z.     Large  Circles  Sw  and  Ses. 


\A 

Apply      ...-) 3; { .}.. 

RULE  1.        Ace        essay         ice        issue        sawmill        seagull        seamark 

Apply       ..  2l-  ... 

RULE  a.        Zany          zeal          zealous          zenith          zero         zinc         Zion 

RULE  3-        Acid         agency         also         aside        assume        busy        uneasy 

^  /7  Y  y  £• 

Apply  ^J C<v } L-P. **r> TT\... 

RULE  4.        Chaos         ingejiuous         joyous         science         sighing         Siam 

RULE  5.        Cease          season  society  sieze          disuse          saucer. 

Siv  and  Se«  Circles.          p      ^-^.      — ^P  ^^  .  §6 

Sweet      swim      exist      necessity      passes      exercises 

^~^  X 

«.  y^  K. 

^   <r\  ....    L       .^.     .     x    j)      "7)  x 

s\                S  '  "*  ' 

°  /  O  > -.  V ^  ^ — -f  N^_  « 

/A-      ©  Jr 

'       ^  — ><     «rx-      ^ 


40  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   LES5ON   XII. 


Ish  Written  Upward  and  Lay  Written  Downward. 


The  letters  Ish  and  Lay,  when  joined  to  other  letters,  may,  according 
to  certain  rules,  be  written  upward  or  downward. 

Alternative  Method  of  Writing  Ish. 

In  the  English  language  there  are  2008  words  in  which  sk  occurs. 
It  is  written  downward  1577  times,  and  ipwarcl  431  times. 

Sh,  when  forming  the  only  consonant  in  a  word,  is  always  written 
down,  as  in  show.  For  convenience  of  joining  it  is,  when  joined  to 
other  consonants,  frequently  written  up.  For  example: 

(a)  When  it  precedes  I,  as  in  shoal,  shell,  shield,  social. 

(b)  When  it  precedes  f  or  .v,  as  in  sheaf,  shave. 

(c)  When  it  follows  I,  as  in  abolish,  polish. 

(d)  After  d,  as  in  dash,  dish,  dashing. 

Alternative  Method  of  Writing  Lay. 

Initial  I  is  generally  written  up,  as  in  lame,  laugh,  long,  lory,  lamb, 
loop,  leave,  lead.  But 

(a)  When  preceded  by  a  vowel  and  followed  by  a  horizontal  letter,  it 
is  written  downward,  as  in  Allen,  alone,  along,  elk.  But  in  the  deriva- 
tives illness,  alliance,  allowance,  the  upward  I  is  used  to  agree  with 
their  primitives. 

(d)  Before  sf,  sv,  sn,  sng,  it  is  written  down,  as  in  falsify,  illusive, 
lesson,  losing. 

Final  I  is  written  down : 

(a)  After  n,  ng,  ns,  ngs,fs,  vs,  th-s,  as  in  annual,  annually,  annul,  king- 
ly, counsel,  Kingsley,  facile,  vessel,  thistle. 

(b)  When  two  vowel  sounds  fall  between  a  straight  downstroke  and 
final  I,  the  I  is  written  down,  as  in  towel,  duel,  jewel. 

(c)  With  few  exceptions,  after  straight  upstrokes,  and  after  f,  v,  sk, 
L  is  written  down  when  it  is  the  final  sound,  and  up  when  a  vowel 
follows,  as  in  rule,  royal,  yell,  rally,  yellow,  full,  fully,  vale,  valley. 

When  Ish  is  written  up  it  is  named  Shay,  and  when  Lay  is  written 
down  it  is  called  EL 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND- 


41 


LESSON    XII. 


Ish  Written  Upward.     Lay  Written  Downward. 


Shoal  shell  shield  shillalah  shallow  shale 


Social 


socialism  socially  socialize  sociology 


Sheaf  shave  shifty  shive  sheath  unsheathe 


Abolish 

V 


abolished  embellish  relish 


polish 


Dash  dashing  dishing  audacious  audaciousness 


C 


Alone  along  alike  allowance  lesson  illusive 

°Z... 

yell  scale 

6L    C    C, 


Cpxinsel 


facile  towel 


rule 


.r 


.:.  c  ..<.. 


••V"'     V_. 


V.-,.* 

X. 


42  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 

INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XIII. 
Extra  Sign  for  Ray.     Consonants  Omitted.     Tick  The. 


The  sound  of  r  is  represented  in  phonography  by  two  signs :  one  a 
straight  stroke  written  up  as  in  the  alphabet ;  the  other  a  curved  letter 
written  down  as  shown  on  the  opposite  page.  The  phonetic  name  for 
the  curved  sign  is  Ar. 

Alternative  Sign  for  Ray. 

(1)  When  initial  r  is  preceded  by  a  vowel,  write  it  down  (except  be- 
fore t,  d,  ch,j,  ith,  thee,  w,  when  it  is  written  up)  as  in  arm,  early,  ark, 
error. 

(2)  When  it  is  the  first  letter  in  a  word,  and  also  when  it  precedes 
the  above  excepted  letters,  write  it  up,  as  in  room,  ring,  review,  irrita- 
tion, aridity,  arch,  urge,  earth. 

When  r  is  the  last  sound  in  a  word  write  it  down,  as  in  far,  car,  tar, 
mare,  sear,  soar ;  and  up  if  a  vowel  follows,  as  in  ferry,  carry,  tarry,  nar- 
row, merry,  sorry,  sorrows. 

Exceptions : 

(1)  After  the  straight  upstrokes  Ray,  Way,  Yay,  If  ay,  write  r  up,  as 
in  roar,  wore,  wear,  yore,  hero. 

(2)  After  two  downstrokes  final  r  should  be  written  up,  as  in  debar, 
deter ;  but  after  two  straight  upstrokes  it  should  be  written  down,  as  in 
wearer,  roarer. 

OMISSION  OF  CONSONANTS. — P  between  ni  and  t  and  between  m  and  sh; 
t  between  s  and  another  consonant ;  k  or  g  between  ng  and  t  or  sh  m;iy 
be  omitted  without  affecting  legibility,  as  in  empty,  presumption,  dis- 
tinct, mostly,  anxious,  distinguish. 

TICK  THE. — The  word  the  may  be  expressed  by  a  short  slanting 
stroke  made  like  should  or  and,  generally  written  downward,  but  when 
more  convenient  written  upward,  and  always  joined  to  the  preceding 
word,  as  in  to  the,  at  the.  When  written  thus,  the  never  begins  a 
phrase.  When  joined  to  the  contraction  on,  the  down  stroke  is  made 
slanting  to  keep  the  combination  distinct  from  the  diphthong  I,  as  in 
on  the. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


LESSON    XIII. 


Extra  Sign  for  Ray.     Consonants  Omitted.     Tick  The. 


•-> 


Army        early       ark       arise.  Room      ring      review      arch      urge 


Sir        soars        sear        sorry  sorrows.  Tar      tarry      car      carry 

^    /      ^        J>  ^     S*    <^      ^        /• 

^<          ,sC  L^  /'  <:"*•  6  -O.  t^<         s~r>S: 

. .  .^/.. 

Rare       roar       were       weary'  yore       hero       Harry       wears       Mary 


Empty          postoffice         listless         mostly         testimony.  Anxious 

± > \ w : * : 

Of  the          to  the         at  the          if  the          on  the         is  the          has  the 


C    f    ,    )    ( 


*•••:& \:  x 

C        ,       ^       'C     x. 


\    . 


44  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XIV. 


Three  Additional  Signs  for  H.      Of  The. 

In  the  preceding  Lessons  h  has  always  been  written  with  an  up- 
stroke ;  in  future  Lessons  three  additional  signs  will  also  be  used. 

STROKE  H  WRITTEN  DOWN. — When  the  stroke  h  is  written  down  its 
phonetic  name  is  Aitch,  and  it  is  used:  (1)  When  it  is  the  only  conso- 
nant in  a  word,  as  in  hoe,  high,  and  their  derivatives,  as  in  higher; 
(2)  When  it  precedes  k  or  g,  as  in  hake,  hag;  (3)  When  it  forms  a 
better  junction  than  the  upward  A,  as  in  hawser. 

TICK  H. — The  Tick  II  is  an  abbreviated  form  of  the  downstroke  h. 
Phonetic  name :  Tick  II.  It  never  stands  alone.  It  is  written  to  the 
letters  5,  2,  Ar,  Lay,  m,  as  in  the  words  hiss,  hazy,  here,  hill,  ham. 
The  Tick  H  is  always  joined  to  an  initial  consonant,  and,  like  the  initial 
circles,  is  read  first.  A  vowel  cannot  be  placed  to  it. 

DOT  H. — The  letter  h  is  sometimes  indicated  by  placing  a  dot  before 
the  vowel,  as  in  halve,  happily,  manhood,  handy.  This  dot  always  pre- 
cedes a  vowel  which  is  read  to  a  following  consonant,  and  is  never  writ- 
ten between  a  final  consonant  and  a  final  vowel. 

OF  THE. — The  frequently  occurring  words  "  of  the  "  may  be  indicated 
by  writing  the  words  which  the  phrase  connects  near  to  each  other, 
thus :  The  state  (of  the)  case ;  the  last  (of  the)  book ;  the  date  (of  the) 
social. 

JOINED  VOWELS. — Diphthongs  and  vowel  contractions  may  be  joined  in 
compound  words,  thus:  Always,  almost,  already,  to-morrow,  to-day,  al- 
though, almighty. 

When  convenience  and  legibility  permit,  part  of  the   diphthongs,  I, 
Ow,   U,  are  joined  to  a  consonant,  or  the  contracted  form  of  the  word, 
thus:  Aisle,  new,  now,  sinew. 
Bead,  write,  practice,  persevere. 

EXERCISE.— How  many  pages  do  you  think  should  be  in  the  new  book? 
I  think  eighty  are  enough.  We  may  mail  you  the  invoice  on  Monday. 
Are  your  sales  large  this  month?  No;  the  sales  are  small  this  month. 
They  have  now  some  money  on  deposit  in  the  City  Savings  Bank.  They 
•wire  us  that  they  will  now  mail  invoice  soon. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND, 


45 


LESSON   XIV. 


Three  Additional  Signs  for  H.      Of  The. 


Ha      hoe      high      hew      hack      hake      hag     haggis     hackney     hoax 


Hawser     hewer     higher      Mohawk.          Hiss      hazy      her        hill     ham 


Halves          hath          horsehair          household          hardihood          happily 


Manhood         handy.         His  side  of  the  case.         The  value  of  the  book. 


Date  of  the  social       always       almost       already        to-morrow        to-day 


Oil        item        wife        pew        due        issue        pow        cow        wide        isle 

X—       N'N~~ 


New         now         sinew         I  will         I  may         I  can         I  go         I  give. 


."      [>;  ..'.. 


46  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XV. 


The  Use  of  the  St  and  Str  Loops. 


ST  LOOP. — The  closely  blended  consonantal  sounds,  st,  initial,  and 
st  and  zd,  final,  are  represented  by  a  loop  made  half  the  length  of  the 
consonant  to  which  it  is  placed.  It  is  written  initially  and  finally  on 
the  right  hand  side  of  straight  downstrokes,  above  straight  horizontals 
and  upstrokes  and  inside  of  curves,  in  the  same  way  as  the  circle  s.  It 
is  also  used  medially  when  a  good  joining  can  be  made.  A  vowel  can- 
not be  written  or  read  to  the  loop.  Phonetic  name:  Stee.  When  a 
vowel  occurs  between  s  and  t  do  not  use  the  st  loop,  but  the  circle  s 
and  the  stroke  t. 

STR  LOOP. — The  Str  loop  is  the  St  loop  enlarged  and  lengthened  to 
two-thirds  the  length  of  the  stroke  consonant  to  which  it  is  attached. 
Its  principal  use  is  final,  but  in  a  few  words  it  is  used  medially,  as  in 
registering,  upholsterer,  but  never  initially.  Like  the  Ses  circle,  a  final 
loop  may  have  the  s  circle  added  to  it  by  continuing  the  stroke  to  the 
opposite  side  of  the  consonant  (so  as  to  form  a  small  circle)  to  which  it 
is  attached.  A  vowel  cannot  be  written  or  read  to  the  Str  loop.  Pho- 
netic name :  Ster. 

PHRASING. — Phraseography  is  chiefly  used  in  reporting,  but  phrases 
of  two  or  three  words  are  very  common  in  correspondence  and  amanu- 
ensis work.  The  outline  or  contraction  for  the  first  word  in  a  phrase 
must  take  its  place  above,  on,  or  through  the  line,  which  it  would  occu- 
py if  standing  alone.  The  second,  or  other  joined  words,  may  rise  or 
fall  according  to  their  joinings,  and  without  regard  to  the  position  or 
place,  above,  on,  or  through  the  line,  usually  taken  by  them. 

EXAMPLES. — I  will,  I  may,  you  will,  you  may,  he  will,  he  may,  I  shall, 
they  will,  if  you,  if  they,  and  in,  and  the,  to  the,  to  me,  shall  be,  you 
can,  we  can,  how  can,  how  may,  all  are,  all  his,  all  it,  all  that,  all  this, 
all  you,  and  have,  and  this,  and  you,  and  with,  as  he,  as  if,  as  it,  at  him, 
at  most,  but  our,  but  so,  but  that,  but  you,  by  his,  by  many,  by  our, 
by  such,  by  the  by,  by  and  by. 

These  examples  should  be  written  in  shorthand  and  mastered  by 
reading  and  writing,  as  previously  instructed. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  47 


LESSON   XV. 


The  Use  of  the  St  and  Sir  Loops. 


State         step         taste         toasts         paused         staff         fasts         casts 

.fer:  ........  •/£:  ...........  I-:.  .............  fcr  .............  fes  .........  ^r.  ...... 

Vestry  elastic  statistic  toasting  dusting  jesting 


Poster  boasters  lustre  registering          masters          dusters 


•  •  T  ' ' 

Coasters  foster  pester          pastors          investor          upholsterer' 


Deceit  exceed  recede  dusty  musty  rusty 


X*       /.. 


<- 


X 


A, 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   LESSON    XVI. 


Contractions  and  Review. — Lessons  X  to  XV. 


1. — Give  the  five  rules  for  -writing  stroke  s  and  z. 

2. — Write  five  words  showing  the  use  of  sw  circle. 

3. — Write  eight  words  showing  the  use  of  s  circle. 

4. — Give  the  rules  for  writing  Ish  and  Lay. 

5. — State  the  rules  for  writing  Ray  and  Ar. 

6 — What  consonants  may  be  omitted  in  some  words? 

7. — In  how  many  ways  can  "  the  "  be  written? 

8. — On  which  side  of  straight  letters  is  Stee  written? 

9. — When  should  the  St  loop  not  be  used? 
10. — How  is  the  sound  of  Ster  represented? 
11. — Is  the  St  loop  ever  used  initially  or  medially? 
12. — Can  vowels  be  read  to  circles  or  loops? 
13. — What  instructions  are  given  about  the  use  of  phrases? 
Master  the  contractions  in  Lesson  XVI,  as  instructed  in  previous 
Lessons,  and  transcribe  the  following  Exercise  into  shorthand,  leaving 
each  alternate  line  for  correction,  and  give  it  to  the  teacher  along  with 
the  answers  to  the  above  review  questions. 

EXERCISE, — Have  you  the  oak  pole  ?  No ;  but  I  have  the  key  of  the 
boat.  Do  the  goat  and  the  sheep  feed  on  the  heath?  On  which  date 
do  you  go  to  Rome  ?  WTe  all  go  on  the  eighteenth  of  May.  The  gale 
may  make  the  sea  rage  and  roar.  May  I  write  my  name  in  the  book 
now  ?  No ;  but  you  may  read  the  book  which  was  given  to  you  by  the 
large  boy?  How  many  pike  were  in  the  pool?  I  saw  only  four.  What 
would  you  say  if  I  were  to  go  away  now  ?  I  got  your  message  all  right 
last  month.  I  will  answer  it  when  I  get  time.  I  am  busy  this  month, 
but  I  think  I  will  write  you  on  Wednesday.  If  you  can  come  to  see  us 
on  Wednesday  we  may  all  go  to  the  beach  to  see  them  launch  the  new 
boat.  Mary,  James  and  Paul  all  came  to  our  city  to  see  the  ball  game 
on  the  eighth  of  May.  You  shall  go  to  the  social.  No ;  I  would  abol- 
ish them.  Take  the  book  to  the  seer  early,  and  hurry  up,  as  we  are 
anxious  to  get  his  testimony.  Hugh  has  a  high  hobby  horse  here.  We 
now  mail  your  invoice  and  bill  of  lading. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND  49 


LESSON  XVI. 


Contractions  with  Circle  5  and  Loop  St. 


Itself        myself        himself        religious  because  those        domestic 

4               /                                           O  O  ^—  o  — 

...6  .........  4  ......  4  ....... 

Thyself        this        thus        youths        as  is  has  his  mistake       must 


O  O  ........  t?  .........  Q    .......  S^ 

His  is        is  his         first         speak         several         Savior        next        most 


^  ..........  * 

Something         subject        yesterday        themselves        special-ly        house 


Signify-ied-icant-icance      influence      expect-ed      Influenced      respect-ed 

£-. ^A^ I- .^1. ^.- 

Satisfactory          spelling  reform          although          almighty          herself 


t 


P  _ 

.....  .  T     v     ,  ,  .....     > 

'  --H.  u 

.....  I          p 

(         s        —. 


50  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XVII. 


Initial  Hook  adding  R  to  Stem  Letters. 


Pronounce  the  following  words  distinctly,  and  observe  closely  the 
r  sound  blended  with  the  preceding  consonant  or  stem  letter:  Pray, 
pry,  prow,  grow,  grew. 

STRAIGHT  LETTERS. — A  small  initial  hook  prefixed  to  the  left  side  of 
straight  descending  consonants  and  to  the  under  side  of  k  and  g  adds 
r,  making  double  consonants.  8  is  prefixed  to  these  double  consonant.! 
by  closing  the  hook,  which  makes  it  a  circle,  thus:  Pay,  pray,  spray; 
Tay,  tray,  stray;  coo,  crew,  screw.  This  makes  these  double  letters 
treble  consonantal  sounds.  These  double  letters  are  vocalized  (that  is, 
vowels  are  placed  and  read  to  them)  as  if  they  were  single  stroke  con- 
sonants. 

CURVED  LETTERS. — A  small  hook  written  on  the  inside  of  a  curved 
letter,  at  the  beginning,  adds  r,  thus :  fr,  vr,  ith-r,  thee-r,  sh-r,  zh-r,  mr, 
nr.  Offer,  over,  other,  author,  fisher,  measure,  owner. 

S  ADDED.-  "When  s  is  the  first  sound  in  a  word,  and  is  added  to  curved 
letters  initially  hooked,  and  Avhen  attached  to  straight  hooked  letters  which 
occur  medially  or  finally  the  hook  must  be  shown  (except  when  follow- 
ing a  straight  stroke  in  the  same  direction)  by  writing  the  s  inside  of 
it,  to  prevent  the  double  consonant  being  read  as  a  single  one,  as  in 
sa.vor,  suffer,  cipher,  summer,  sooner,  express,  destroy.  In  a  few  cases 
the  consonant  r  may  be  omitted,  as  in  subscribe,  superscribe.  To 
express  sgr  or  skr  after  t  or  d,  the  circle  is  written  on  the  right  side  of 
Those  letters,  as  in  disagree,  disgrace,  tasker. 

NOT  HOOKED. — The  stroke  consonants  s,  z,Lay,  El,  Ray,Ar,  w,  y,  h, 
are  not  hooked  for  r. 

To  attain  a  high  rate  of  speed,  Lesson  XVTT  and  subsequent  Lessons 
should  be  thoroughly  mastered.  Analyze  each  word  and  combination 
of  consonants,  repeat  the  rules  for  the  formation  of  the  outline,  and 
after  the  principles  can  be  readily  applied  the  words  should  be  copied 
and  finally  written  from  dictation. 

EXERCISE. — Because,  religious,  several,  satisfactory,  speak,  must,  mis- 
take, house,  domestic,  influence,  something,  next,  himself,  thyself,  sub- 
ject, thus,  youths,  yesterday,  has  is,  as  is,  special,  his,  is,  expect. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


51 


LESSON   XVII. 


Initial  Hook  Adding  R  to  Stem  Letters. 


Pray  pry  bray  tray  dray  crew  crow  grow  grew  prow 
Spray  spry  screw  spruce  scrape  stray  straw  strew  descry 

<L       T       v(  ^j, 

Discuss  prescribe  offer  author  either  ether  sooner  simmer 
Suffer  ciphers  severs  summer  safer  soother  sinners 
Bright  trip  baker  Faber  favor  measure  treasure 

x    /  4>    M    - 

'  J        /^       c        *\S~      ' 

<L  .H>../.    I-  ?    '<*^.J$.x 

A  .        ..- ••       ^~      •••  %>£-•  •••••• 

_V/^  V 

^t  /^*  / -^  /.  I      .        ..      £ 


52  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   LESSON   XVIII. 


Extra  Hooked  Signs  for  R.      Ng  Hooked.      Prefixes. 


When  Ar  is  hooked  initially,  it  is  used  as  an  extra  sign  for/ry  when 
it  is  thickened  and  hooked  initially  it  is  an  additional  sign  for  vr;  when 
s  is  hooked  initially  it  is  an  extra  sign  for  th-r;  when  z  is  hooked  initially 
it  is  an  extra  sign  for  thee-r. 

In  words  that  contain  no  other  stroke  consonant,  these  duplicate  or 
extra  signs  are  used  when  no  vowel  precedes,  as  fro,  free.  "When 
another  consonant  conies  before  or  after,  use  the  form  which  is  most 
convenient.  If  both  forms  of  these  initial  hooked  curves,  having  extra 
signs,  are  equally  convenient,  the  one  agreeing  with  the  r  series  of 
straight  consonants  should  be  preferred,  as  in  proffer,  tether. 

"When  ng  is  hooked  it  does  not  represent  the  sound  of  ng-r  as  in 
singer,  but  ng-gr  and  ng-kr,  as  in  Bangor,  finger,  thinker,  banker,  tinker. 

All  initially  hooked  letters  may  be  used  at  the  beginning,  middle  or 
end  of  an  outline.  The  phonetic  names  are  Per,  Ter,  etc.,  not  Pee- 
Ray  or  Tee-Ar,  etc. 

The  Sw  circle  and  St  loop  may  be  prefixed  to  the  initial  Per  series 
of  hooked  letters,  as  in  switcher,  sweeper,  swagger,  sweeter,  stoker, 
stutter,  stopper. 

Use  the  following  sentence  as  a  phonographic  headline,  and  write  it 
carefully  a  hundred  times:  "  He  always  writes  all  his  exercises  in  a  most 
satisfactory  manner  and  takes  them  to  school." 

Prefixes  Inter=,  flagni=,  Self-. 

The  prefixes  inter-,  intro-,  enter-,  are  represented  by  writing  the 
stroke  n,  half  size,  close  to,  before  or  joined  to  the  stroke  consonant 
that  follows  it,  as  in  interfere,  introduce,  introduction,  entertain,  enter- 
prise. 

Magna-,  magni-,  is  represented  by  writing  m  above  the  consonant 
which  immediately  follows  it,  as  in  magnanimous,  magnify,  magnifi- 
cence. This  prefix  is  never  joined. 

A  small  circle  written  close  to  a  word  or  part  of  a  word  expresses  the 
prefix  self,  as  in  self-denial,  self- same,  self-righteous,  self-praise,  self- 
love.  In  selfish  and  selfishness  the  circle  is  joined  to  the  sh. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


53 


LESSON    XVIII. 
Extra  Hooked  Signs  for  R.     Ng  Hooked.     Prefixes. 

O  .......  C..5  .........  p  ...........  <LT>  .....  <O  ......  O.  ...... 

Fr  fr       yr  vr       ith-r  ith-r       thee-r  thee-r       fr  fr       vr  vr       ith-r  ith-r 

-  ~c        •-    - 


Offer       fro        three        through        author        throw       other       leathery 

^....^  .......  ^  .........  i  .......  .o.....-r?>  ........  <O.  ......  V 

Favor        rover        proffer        tether        lover        cover        hover       fraud 

/  7 
<^ 


Joiner          brother          liver         friar         freely         dinner         extreme 


b 


Finger         linger         banker         canker         tinker         monger         thinker 


Sweeper  sweeter  switcher  swagger  stoker  stutter 


Interfere  introduce  introduction  entertain  enterprise 


Magnificence         magnanimous         magnify         self-love          self-praise 


-<! 


54  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   LESSON    XIX. 


Initial  Hook  adding  L  to  Stem  Letters. 


STRAIGHT  LETTERS. — A  small  initial  hook  prefixed  to  the  right  side  of 
straight  descending  consonants,  and  to  the  upper  side  of  k  and  g  adds 
I,  making  double  consonants,  as  in  pay,  play ;  pie,  ply ;  go,  glow. 

CURVED  LETTERS. — As  a  curved  letter  cannot  be  hooked  on  two  sides, 
the  small  initial  r  hook  written  on  the  inside  of  the  curved  letters  f,  v, 
sh,  DI,  n,  is  made  twice  its  size  to  represent  I ;  as  in  flow,  fly,  flee,  evil, 
martial,  camel,  funnel,  panel. 

S  ADDED. — When  s  is  joined  to  consonants  hooked  for  I,  the  hook 
must  be  shown,  or  else  the  consonant  will  be  read  as  a  single  instead  of 
a  double  one.  Write  the  circle  inside  the  hook,  as  in  pie,  ply,  supply, 
sickle,  sidle,  peaceful. 

NOT  HOOKED. — The  following  letters  are  not  hooked  for  I:  Ith,  Thee, 
s,  z,  ng,  -Lay,  El,  Hay,  Ar,  10,  y,  Hay,  and  Aitch.  Shay  when  hooked 
should  never  stand  alone,  as  in  initial,  marshal. 

When  I  precedes  the  double  consonants  kl  and  gl  write  Lay  not  El, 
as  in  local,  legal. 

VOCALIZATION. — When  it  is  necessary  to  express  the  vowel  sound  be- 
tween a  stem  letter  and  an  initial  hook,  a  small  circle  is  written  in  the 
first,  second,  or  third  vowel  place  as  may  be  desired,  on  the  left-hand 
side  of  the  perpendicular  and  sloping  consonants,  and  above  horizontal 
ones  for  the  heavy  dot  vowels,  and  on  the  opposite  side  for  light  dot 
vowels ;  the  first  place  dash  vowels  and  diphthongs  are  written  over  or 
before  the  stroke,  second  and  third  place  dash  vowels  are  struck  through 
the  stem  consonant,  while  third  place  diphthongs  may  be  written  at  the 
end  of  the  primary  letter,  as  in  parcel,  Charles,  chair,  care,  term,  cheer, 
moral,  courage,  course,  school,  figures. 

Do  not  proceed  to  the  following  Lessons  until  this  one  has  been  read, 
written  and  practised  as  directed  in  previous  lessons. 

EXERCISE. — Write  all  the  forms  in  the  last  Lesson  several  times  each 
day.  Bead  and  write  all  new  forms  many  times.  Do  not  try  to  write 
or  read  a  new  Lesson  before  you  can  write  this  Lesson  freely.  Notice 
that  the  stem  letter,  that  is  the  primary  letter,  is  read  first  and  the  hook 
next  to  or  following  the  stem  letter. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


55 


LESSON    XIX. 


Initial  Hook  Adding  L  to  Stem  Letters. 


Pay       play        pie        ply        go        glow       plow        blew       glue       claw 
Flow        fly        flee        bevel        camel        funnel         initial         marshal 


Pay       play       splay      pie       ply       supply       sickle       sidle       peaceful 


Parcel     Charles     chair     telegram      term     cheer     jerk      moral      germ 


Courage          course          school          figures          recall          curl          occur 

-     /     IL.    . 
.c.     ) 


V_ 
rf 


c  > 

'••' 

I    ,..  c 


x  ..)..  ;  * 

v^ 

X 


...p..  x 

-^••X* 


'        > 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   LESSON   XX. 


Contractions  with  R  and  L  Hooks. 


Write  the  following  in  shorthand,  using  all  the  contractions  which  you 
have  learned.  Bead  the  shorthand  many  times,  write  it  often,  and  finally 
have  it  dictated  until  it  can  be  written  freely. 

We  are  very  much  pleased  to  hear  that  you  are  studying  the  Lesson 
that  has  to  do  with  initial  hooks.  On  the  opposite  page  is  a  full  list  of 
forms  which  you  may  write  without  using  vowels.  Write  and  re-write 
them,  read  and  re  read  them,  so  that  you  may  be  able  to  write  them  at 
a  high  rate  of  speed.  Do  this  before  you  write  this  Exercise,  If  you 
write  fifty  forms  twice,  you  shall  know  that  your  speed  has  increased ; 
but  if  you  write  each  form  fifty  times,  your  speed  shall  be  increased  very 
much  more.  Take  eight  new  forms  and  master  them.  Do  it  first  by 
reading;  then  write  them  neatly.  Do  the  same  with  all  the  others. 
You  must  always  remember  that  these  forms  with  initial  hooks  are  sim- 
ply helps  to  write  with  increased  speed.  Never  forget  that  you  must 
go  back  to  the  earlier  Lessons  and  Exercises  and  re-read  and  re-write 
them  several  times.  You  must  study  every  principle  in  every  Lesson 
given,  and  write  all  the  forms  very  carefully  and  neatly,  and  finally  with 
a  speed  of  at  least  fifty  forms  a  minute,  before  you  go  on  to  what  fol- 
lows. Never  allow  your  desire  to  write  fast  overrule  your  resolve  to 
write  neatly.  The  places  of  the  long  vowels,  in  fact,  the  places  of  all 
the  vowels,  should  be  well  known  by  you.  If  you  have  trouble  in  plac- 
ing any  vowel,  go  back  and  write  the  Lessons  over  and  over.  The  way 
to  get  up  speed  is  to  write  slowly  and  neatly  at  first.  Never  force  your 
speed ;  it  comes  only  by  practice.  When  you  are  practising  the  hooked 
forms,  remember  that  the  stem  is  read  before  the  hook.  When  a  vowel  is 
placed  before  a  form  with  an  initial  hook,  it  is  read  before  the  whole 
double  form.  If  placed  on  the  other  side,  the  double  form  is  read  first. 
The  stem  and  hook  should  be  pronounced  in  a  single  breath.  There  is 
no  royal  road  to  success.  It  is  only  by  much  study,  every  day  in  the 
year,  that  you  can  succeed. 

Before  you  practise  this  Exercise  show  the  shorthand  to  the  teacher, 
and  if  there  are  errors  in  it,  correct  them. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  57 


LESSON    XX. 


Contractions  with  R  and  L  Hooks. 


Principle         principal-         liberty          member         remember-ed         never 

.....  x  .............  ^  ..............  r  ...........  f-  ..........  f-  ........  1  ..........  1  ..... 

Numbered  assembly  at  all  tell          till          truth          true 

....1  .........  1  .......  '..)  ..............  f.  ............  <x  .......  ?...  ......  .;  ........  ?..  ..... 

Doctor        dear        during        deliver-ed-y       able       chair       cheer       larger 


Call        equal-ly        Christian-ity         care         glory-ify-ed         for,        from 

..S.  .......  *.  .....  .^  .......  ^  .........  t  .........  •)  .............  C  .........  .)  .......  , 

Over        ever-y        very        however        evil       through       other       they  are 

:•••'  ..............  ^  ..............  J  ...........  ^  ............  P  ............  -  ...... 

Strength  scripture  sure  pleasure  moro  remark-ed 


Remarkable-ly        Mr.        mere        nor        near        character         belief-ve-d 

'  :  .....  C  .........  )  .......  )  ....... 


Represent-ed          perpendicular         messenger         either         there         theiE 

t      1. 


58  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   LESSON    XXI. 


Double  Consonants.      Prefix  Con.      Affix  Ing=s. 


The  double  consonants  on  the  opposite  page,  Wh-  Whay,  Wl-  Wei, 
Whl-  Whel,  are  written  up.  Lr-Ler  is  written  down,  and  Kw-Kway, 
Gw-G-way,  Mp-Emp,  and  Mb-Emb  are  horizontal  letters  written  from 
left  to  right.  These  additional  double  consonants  are  all  vocalized  like 
the  single  and  other  double  consonants,  except  Wei  and  Whel,  The 
initial  hook  on  these  two  letters  is  always  read  first,  and,  like  the  cir- 
cles and  loops,  a  vowel  cannot  be  placed  or  read  to  it.  If  a  vowel  oc- 
curs between  the  w  and  h,  write  the  full  outline.  Emp,  when  hooked, 
becomes  mpr  and  mbr.  The  phonetic  name  follows  the  shorthand 
character.  After  Kway  and  skw  write  El  not  Lay  when  no  vowel  fol- 
lows, as  in  quell,  squeal.  Tick  II  may  bewritten  before  Emp  and  Emb. 

Prefix  Con=,  Com=,  Cog=  or  Cum=. 

Con  or  com  is  represented  by  a  light  dot  written  at  the  beginning  of 
the  word.  When  the  sound  follows  a  consonant  either  in  the  same  or  a 
preceding  word,  con-,  com-,  cog-,  or  cum-  is  denoted  by  writing  the  syl- 
lable or  outline  under  or  close  to  the  consonant  or  word  that  precedes. 

Affix  Ing=s. 

A  light  dot  written  at  the  end  of  a  consonant  whether  hooked,  circled, 
or  looped,  expresses  ing,  as  in  paying,  dating,  sitting,  hoping,  eatiug, 
dancing,  hearing,  fearing,  swearing,  tearing. 

Sometimes  ing  is  more  conveniently  expressed  by  writing  the  stroke 
ing,  as  in  evening,  reading,  exposing,  expressing,  choosing,  feeding, 
pleading,  heeding.  The  dot  sign  is  generally  written  after  t  and  the 
stroke  ing  after  d  and  circle  s.  There  is  no  definite  rule  observed  by 
expert  phonographers  as  to  the  use  of  the  dot  or  stroke  ing  after  t 
and  d. 

Ings  is  expressed  by  writing  the  stroke  ing  and  the  circle  a.  When 
a  joining  cannot  be  conveniently  made,  a  short  slanting  stroke,  like  the 
Tick  II,  or  the  Tick  The,  but  disjoined,  is  used,  as  in  mornings,  turn- 
ings, castings,  engravings,  sittings,  jottings,  pastings,  bastings. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


59 


LESSON    XXI. 
Double  Consonants.     Prefix  Con.     Affix  Ing=s. 


•  •  •  • 

WH-Whay  KW-Kway  GW-Gway  MP-Kmp  MB-Emh 


LR  Ler        WL-We\      WHL-Whel        Whey         where        whack        awhile 


Quire          quiet          quail          quarter          Quaker          Guelph  anguish 

I — v          I — v 


Damp       tramp       stamp       camp       pump       embalm       ambush       emboss 

...y y ."?. .r c. 'C r- C- 

Fuller        'feeler         scholar         nailer         will         well         woolly         wail 


\Vhale         while        wheel         whelp        wheeled        hamper        scampering 

s~^  *-         ' — ^  •       / 


Luml>er         slumber         cumber  Will  you  comply  with  my  request? 


And  comply  Recognize         paying         dancing         hearing         eating 

Evening          exposing          expressing         sayings         mornings         sittings 
/          >      ^  •  •  •  '          I         -^S' 


-N 

•  Lo 


60  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   LESSON   XXII. 


Small  Final  Hook  adding  N. 


A  small  final  hook  is  added  to  all  letters,  whether  hooked,  circled,  or 
looped,  to  express  the  final  sound  of  n,  as  in  pay,  pain,  plain ;  key,  keen, 
clean ;  tray,  train,  strain ;  pun,  spun,  spoon ;  kin,  skin. 

In  straight  downstrokes  the  final  n  hook  is  written  on  the  left  hand 
side,  opposite  the  circle  s,  and  on  the  under  side  of  k  and  g  and  straight 
upstrokes,  as  in  tone,  chain,  cone,  gain,  rain,  win,  won,  yawn,  hen. 

No  vowel  can  be  placed  to  or  read  after  the  n  hook,  but  See,  Ses, 
Stee,  /Ster,  may  be  added  to  and  follow  the  sound  of  n  by  making  the 
hook  a  small  or  large  circle,  or  a  small  or  large  loop,  as  in  pain,  pains ; 
bone,  bones ;  tense,  tenses ;  dance,  dances ;  pounce,  pounces ;  danced, 
punster,  punsters. 

The  n  hook  and  the  final  circle  s  or  z  which  follow  it,  (placed  inside 
the  hook)  is  written  on  the  inside  of  curves,  as  in  feign,  feigns;  vein, 
veins;  thin,  thins;  shine,  shines;  mine,  mines;  nine,  nines.  /Ses,  Stee, 
or  Ster  cannot  be  written  to  the  hook  n  in  curves. 

If  a  good  angle  can  be  obtained  the  n  hook  may  be  used  medially,  as 
in  vanish,  finish,  French,  ransom,  economy,  foreigner,  agent. 

Shn  when  written  up,  and  Ln  when  written  down,  should  never  stand 
alone.  The  former  would  be  mistaken  for  sh.r,  and  the  latter  for  wl, 

Between  two  consonants  a  small  circle  can  never  represent  ns. 

"When  a  vowel  that  is  sounded  follows  a  final  n  sound,  the  stroke  n 
and  not  the  hook  must  be  used,  thus :  tin,  tiny ;  chin,  china ;  man,  many ; 
gun,  agony;  spoon,  spoony. 

The  only  way  to  become  a  fast  writer  is  to  have  a  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  the  principles.  Do  not  leave  any  Lesson  until  it  can  be  writ- 
ten freely  from  dictation.  Study  earnestly,  write  continuously,  and 
success  is  certain. 

EXERCISE. — Liberty,  assemble,  equal,  care,  messenger,  during,  at  all, 
member,  remark,  pleasure,  near,  nor,  more,  Mr.  sure,  dear,  never,  char- 
acter, belief,  for,  from,  true,  truth,  very,  ever,  equally,  every.  May  we 
have  the  pleasure  of  your  company  this  evening?  I  see  no  reason  why 
we  should  not  call.  Do  you? 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  61 


LESSON   XXII. 


Small  Final  Hook  Adding  N. 

V..A  .....  J  .....  J...,../  .....  /  .....  ^TO..U.<«.....C  .......  C  ........  ).... 

Pn      bn      tn      dn       ch-n      jn      kn      gn     fn      vn      th-n       thee-n       sn 

..)  ......  J,  ......  .</...r??.....^.  .......  C..  .....  S°.  ......  ^>  .......  x?....  .<?....<?.. 

Zn       sh-n      zh-n       mn       nn       lay-n        ray-n       ar-n       wn       yn      hn 

hs  ......  .^...^  ......  .^  .........  1:  .....  ...).:  ........  J:  .......  «?.:....*?:.... 

Pain        plain        keen       clean       tray        train        trains        win       wins 

..x  ......  X..,^.a  .....  J:  ........  J:....J:.,.,JL  ......  f.  ........  I 

Bone        bones       tone       tones       ten       tens      dance     .dances      danced 


Punster         punsters         fan         fans         vein         veins         thin         thins 

^-^       ^^         —  9  ^-* 

v  v  v  v 


Mine        mines        nine       nines       vanish        finish        French        ransom 
U  £  T^        ^^. 

Tin      tiny      chin      China      man      many     gun      agony     spoon      spoony 


.    C  v,x     •>  .^^..^  "7 


62  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   LESSON   XXIII. 
Small  Final  Hook  adding  F  or  V. 


A  small  final  hook,  written  on  the  right  hand  side,  or  the  I  and  s  side, 
of  straight  downstrokes,  and  on  the  upper  side  of  k  and  g  and  up- 
strokes, expresses  the  final  sound  of  f  or  v.  It  is  treated  m  all  re- 
spects like  the  final  n  hook,  as  in  tough,  dove,  buff,  chaff,  jove,  trough, 
bluff,  contrive,  strive,  cough,  cave,  cliff,  glove,  skiff,  crave,  grave.  The 
f  of  v  hook  cannot  be  added  to  curved  letters ;  therefore  in  move,  nave, 
love,  orphans,  shave,  thief,  thieves,  write  the  stroke  f  or  v. 

Circle  s  only  can  be  added  to  the  f  or  v  hooks,  and  when  it  is  added, 
it  must  be  written  inside  the  hook  so  that  the  hook  is  clearly  shown,  as 
in  toughs,  doves,  troughs,  bluffs,  contrives,  strives,  coughs,  caves,  cliffs, 
gloves,  skiffs,  craves,  graves. 

If  a  good  angle  can  be  formed,  the  f  or  v  hooks  may  be  used  medi- 
ally, as  in  proven,  prefixed,  profits.  The  final  f  or  v  hook  may  be  used 
when  it  represents  the  final  f  or  v  sound  only.  When  a  final  vowel  that 
is  sounded  follows  a  final  f  or  v  sound,  the  stroke  must  be  used,  as  in 
cough,  coffee;  duff,  defy;  trough,  trophies;  grave,  gravy;  wave,  wavy. 

"Write  the  following  letters  in  shorthand,  leaving  each  alternate  line 
for  corrections.  Note  all  errors,  copy  the  corrected  forms  several  times, 
and  then  write  the  whole  from  dictation  many  times. 

DEAR  SIR:  We  have  your  invoice  of  Saturday  last,  and  in  reply  en- 
close our  check,  for  $500  which  pays  it  in  full.  We  hope  you  may  re- 
quire several  car  loads  of  the  same  merchandise  which  you  bought 
from  us  last  season.  Our  stock  is  now  full  in  all  lines,  and  we  trust  we 
may  have  the  pleasure  of  serving  you  at  an  early  date.  We  shall  re- 
quire more  stock  similar  to  what  we  got  from  you  this  month,  but  shall 
advise  you  in  a  few  days.  Yours  truly, 

DEAR  SIRS:  We  thank  you  for  your  valued  favor  enclosing  us  check 
for  $500,  which  pays  all  bills  in  full  to  date.  We  may  soon  require 
several  car  loads  of  the  same  stock,  we  got  from  you  last  season.  We 
are  now  making  out  a  list  of  what  we  desire  you  to  ship  us,  and  will 
mail  it  next  Monday.  The  prices  and  terms  will,  we  presume,  be  the 
same  as  for  the  last  invoices.  Yours  truly, 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


63 


LESSON  XXIII. 


Small  Final  Hook  Adding  F  or  V. 


X 


Pf     bf     tf     ilf     ch-f     jf  kf     gf     ray-f     wf     yf     hay-f     puff     tough 

Pfs     bfs     tfs     dfs     ch-fs  jfs      kfs      gfs      ray-fs     'wfs      yfs      hay-fs 

v  I-  /-  /'        s  ^v 

>^ \$             [p 6 •  >.'_  f^             *•  1 

Puffs        toughs        doves  chaff        calf        roofs            graves           groves 

k I". — • **. tei....siS ^ *£:... 

Contrive        strive        cliff  gloves        skiff        craves        curve        curves 


Move         knave         love         orphans         shave         thief          thieves         live 


Proverb  prefixed  lithographs  profits  defeat  David 

v^ KJ* ' ^^ 

Cough        coffee        Duff        defy        troughs        trophies        grave        gravy 

c  e 


\; 


f  •"     »-•>•* 

v^.t/V"-  ^ 

\  ^  p  . 

'.  )...  A, .... .  ^~-f-  .      i    f  \    ) 
J       t  \ 


o      . ^ . . .  .^     

*      ic-^ 


.X7 


64  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XXIV. 


The  Use  of  the  Shun  Hook  Illustrated. 


The  terminal  syllable,  whether  spelled  tion,  tian,  dan,  sian,  sion,  or 
shion,  is  represented  in  phonography  by  a  large  final  hook.  Phonetic 
name :  Shun. 

It  is  written  inside  of  curves,  like  the  small  final  n  hook,  as  in  motion, 
mission,  evasion,  fashion,  lotion.  Shun  may  be  written  on  either  side 
of  a  straight  consonant,  as  follows : 

(a)  When  a  straight  letter  has  an  initial  hook,   circle  or  loop,  or 
springs  from  a  curve,  the  shun  hook  is  written  on  the  opposite  side  to 
keep  the  letter  straight,  as  in  attrition,  conclusion,  suction,  secretion, 
constipation,  faction,  affection. 

(b)  When  Shun  follows  t,  d  or  j,  not  preceded  by  a  hook,  circle  or 
loop,  write  the  large  hook  on  the  right  hand  side,  as  in  irritation,  dic- 
tation, temptation,  addition,  consolidation,  magician. 

(c)  When  Shun  follows  a  simple  straight  letter,  it  is  written  on  the 
opposite  side  to  the  vowel.     If  more  than  one  vowel  precedes,  it  is 
written  opposite  to  the  accented  (always  the  last)  vowel,  as  in  option, 
potion,  auction,  caution,  education,  action.    If  two  distinct  vowel  sounds 
immediately  precede,  write  the  stroke  sh  and  the  n  hook,  as  in  situa- 
tion, valuation,  tuition. 

This  large  hook  may  be  used  medially,  as  in  visionary,  national,  cau- 
tionary, affectionate,  fashionable. 

When  Shun  follows  circle  s  or  ns,  it  is  expressed  by  continuing  the 
circle  to  the  other  side  of  the  stroke  consonant,  so  as  to  form  a  back 
hook,  as  in  possession,  physician,  transition.  It  may  be  used  medially, 
as  in  transitional,  positional. 

Circle  s  may  be  added  to  Shun  by  writing  it  within  the  hook,  as  in 
fashions,  passions,  stations,  possessons,  dispensations,  musicians. 

The  back  Shun  hook  is  vocalized  by  writing  the  third  place  vowel 
within,  or  rather  at  the  end  or  after,  the  back  hook,  and  by  writing  the 
second  place  vowel  outside  the  back  hook,  as  in  position,  possession. 

Lesson  XXIV,  like  all  others,  should  be  first  read,  then  copied  several 
times,  and  finally  written  from  dictation. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


65 


LESSON    XXIV. 


The  Use  of  the  Shun  Hook  Illustrated. 


Motion         mission         evasion          fashion          lotion          notion          nation 

,.1 :-> *±* .'.^ <— 3 <<b 

Attrition        conclusion        secretion        constipation        faction        irritation 

...u bt i a. :.^ * h?... 

b  U 

Dictation      temptation      addition       magician       option       potion       auction 

...rf .U ±? L L C^     ,..£;. 

c.y  «Lx 

Caution        education        action       situation      tuition      visionary      election 

...(3. S: ^.. V- k ^. Sf?. 

Elocution     possession     position    positional    physicians    incisions    fashions 

-3>...         ..^ ^ -.(?.. .^ f.  ,'l... 

«  ^K  T" 

Missions      passions      stations      lotions      notions       situations       additional 


—  ;    C..^.   L 


.V  :^....   I     I     V         .>>,..  x 


-^       X 


66  THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   LESSON    XXV. 


Additional  Contractions  and  Review — Lessons  XVII  to  XXV. 


1, — How  are  r  and  I  added  to  primary  consonants? 
2.— What  are  the  four  extra  hooked  signs? 
3. — -Quote  the  rules  for  using  the  extra  signs. 
4. — How  are  the  prefixes  magna-,  magni-  and  self-  represented? 
5. — -Explain  how  the  Per  and  Pel  consonants  are  vocalized. 
6. — Name  the  double  consonants  given  in  Lesson  XXI, 
7. — How  are  the  prefixes  co?i-,  com-  and  cum-  represented? 
8. — What  signs  represent  the  affixes  ing  and  ings. 
9. — How  is  n  added  to  straight  consonants? 
10. — Can  a  vowel  be  read  to  or  after  the  n  hook? 
11. — How  can  f  be  added  to  stroke  consonants? 
12. — To  which  letters  can  the  hooks  /"and  v  be  added? 
13. — How  is  the  termination  Shun  represented  in  phonography? 
14. — On  which  side  of  t,  d  andj  is  Shun  written? 
15. — When  Shun  follows  straight  strokes  how  is  it  written? 
16. — How  is  Shun  represented  when  two  distinct  vowel  sounds  pre- 
cede? 

17. — When  Shun  follows  circle  s  how  is  it  written? 
18. — How  is  circle  s  added  to  the  Shun  sign? 

Before  attempting  to  answer  these  questions  go  over  all  the  Lessons 
from  XVII  to  XXV.  Write  the  answers  on  each  alternate  line  and 
hand  them  to  your  instructor  for  examination.  Do  not  repeat  the  ques- 
tions, but  give  the  numbers. 

The  list  of  contractions  on  the  opposite  page  must  be  well  studied. 
Trace  them  first  with  a  dry  pen.  Memorize  them,  write  them  often, 
and  when  they  are  thoroughly  known  by  sight,  and  can  be  copied  from 
the  print  at  the  rate  of  forty  a  minute,  they  should  be  written  from  dic- 
tation until  a  speed  of  a  hundred  a  minute  is  attained. 

There  is  no  royal  road  to  success  in  shorthand :  nothing  but  conscien- 
tious hard  work,  and  much  of  it,  will  ensure  success.  Read  everything 
you  write.  Correct  errors  and  write  again. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


67 


LESSON    XXV. 
Additional  Contractions. 


\ 


\ 


\ 


I 


Happen       happy       upon       approve       above       been      difficult      difficulty 


Done        down        which  have        general-ly      religion      generation      often 


, 


Phonograpy       heaven       within       important-ce       while       improve-d-ment 
......  ............  x->.  ..........  <^  ......  £....f?.\..S~S.  ......  ..s  .................... 

Impossible    improvements    one    will    well     whether    whither    altogether 

•»-:  ......  -^  ...........  ^  ..........  }  ............  t  ...............  l  ....... 

Anything       architect-are       Catholic       danger       destruction        advantage 
" 


} 


Doctrine     especial-ly     govern-ed-ment     influential    information    irregular 

"*-'  ~^"  '  • 

Kingdom    knowledge    acknowledge    magazine      more  than      better  than 


M-. 


/ 


V 


VE 


^^. 
<5<\ 


68  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XXVI. 


The  Halving  of  Consonants. 


A  thin  or  light  consonant,  whether  hooked,  circled,  or  looped  initially, 
when  standing  alone,  if  written  half  its  usual  length  adds  the  sound  of 
t;  and  a  thick  or  heavy  consonant,  whether  hooked,  circled,  or  looped 
initially,  when  standing  alone,  if  written  half  its  usual  length,  adds  the 
sound  of  d.  A  vowel  written  before  a  half-sized  letter  is  read  before 
both  the  primary  letter  and  the  added  one;  when  written  after  the 
halved  letter  the  vowel  is  read  after  the  stem,  or  primary  letter,  but 
before  the  added  letter,  as  in  act,  cat,  oft,  fought,  apt,  pat,  ebbed,  bed. 
pit,  bad,  tit,  chit,  kit,  fit,  east,  shot,  mate,  net,  let,  art,  wait,  yet,  hat, 
jade,  good,  viewed,  used. 

The  letters  m,  n,  I  and  Ar  may  be  halved  and  thickened  for  the 
addition  of  <?/  and  md,  and  nd  thus  halved  and  thickened,  may  be  used 
when  a  vowel  either  precedes  or  follows  m  or  n;  but  Id  and  rd  thus 
halved  and  thickened  are  only  used  when  the  two  consonants  succeed 
each  other  without  a  vowel  between,  as  in  may,  mate,  made,  aim,  aimed, 
mode,  mote,  sent,  send,  heart,  hard,  felt,  felled,  foal,  fold,  palm,  palmed. 

When  a  vowel  comes  between  Id  or  rd  the  single  letters  should  be 
written,  as  in  laid,  followed,  corrode,  read,  parried. 

The  halved  letter  It  is  generally  written  up ;  but  after  n,  w  and  Jew 
it  is  written  down,  as  in  knelt,  dwelt,  quilt. 

When  a  letter  ends  with  a  hook,  halving  it  adds  either  t  or  d,  accord- 
ing to  the  sense,  as  in  tent-tend,  mount-mound,  lent-lend,  rent-rend, 
vent-vend,  pretend,  attend. 

Circle  s  at  the  end  of  a  half-sized  letter  is  always  read  after  the  added 
t  or  d,  as  in  bed,  beds,  pit,  pits,  pant,  pants,  mate,  mates,  nut,  nuts, 
bend,  bends,  lend,  lends,  sound,  sounds,  mount,  mounts. 

The  halving  principle  is  concluded  in  the  next  Lesson. 

EXERCISE. — Me,  my,  youth,  they,  thing,  young,  them,  language,  would, 
thanked,  large,  use,  which,  whose,  to  be,  any,  wish,  she,  in,  eye,  what, 
us,  I,  so,  our,  way,  should,  hour,  may,  go,  him,  shall,  we,  usually,  see, 
given,  to,  ought,  use,  two,  difference,  though,  owe,  business,  think. 
Those  who  write  daily  make  the  most  rapid  progress  in  this  study. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  69 


LESSON    XXVI. 


The  Halving  of  Consonants. 


C.c,  .....  &..<*..<*..**>.. 

P  pt         t  tt       cli  cht       k  kt       f  ft      s  st      ith  itht      1  It      m  int      n  nt 

..V^.i^  .....  C  ......  c  .....  ).....)... 


W  wt      y  yt      h  ht      b  bd      d  dd      j  jd      v      vd     thee     thee-d     z     zd 

£...-.^  ......  ^  .......  :>.  ......  ^  .....  N  .......  x  ......  >,..s  .......  K  .....  /.. 

Act      cat      oft      fought      apt      pat      ebbed      bed     pit     bad     tit     chit 

|»...w  .....  £  ........  )  .......  I'...,*,...*,..*  .....  i  .....  «L..n  ......  .X... 

kit     fit     thought     east     shot     mate     net     bad     did     jade     good     used 

.  .  !s-?.  .......  <•>...  ..r->.  .  ..r?>  .....  -r^x  .....  .<>  ......  ffc.  ......  ^T>  ......  ^.  ....Sr^.... 

viewed.        May     mate     imade     aim     aimed     mode     mote     scent     send 


heart     hard     felt     felled     fold     lead     followed     corrode     read     parried 

.^...^7.  ......  J  ..............  *>  ...............  C.  ...........  ^  ............  ^ 

dwelt     quilt     tent-tend     mount-mound      lent-lend      rent-rend     vent-vend 

..^  .......  ^>.  .......  ^  .....  V?  ........  *  .........  C.  ......  <\.  .......  ^  ..........  *?  ....... 

Mate        mates       nut       nuts       bends       lend       lends       mounts       sounds 


l  :  ^  ..c.    <-   "^    on   c^  — ^   )   /- 
^>  /  NO  x....NS^o...TrT..v>t  x   I-  x  ^  -^   o 
sj    ^-  :  >.  .  ^1   "    «rs   ^   n    ?..->;">  V^^ 


70  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN- 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XXVII. 


Halving  Principle  Concluded.     Affixes. 


It  is  the  final  letter  that  is  halved  to  add  t  or  d  in  the  past  tense  of 
verbs,  as  in  rented,  granted,  parted,  printed,  planted. 

Half  length  strokes  when  joined  must  make  a  good  angle,  except  in 
such  words  as  afford  and  named,  where  the  junction  is  evident;  there- 
fore to  avoid  ambiguity  either  write  t  and  d  in  full,  or  disjoin  the  half 
length  t  or  d,  as  in  kicked,  fact,  propped,  effect,  licked,  liked,  looked, 
quaked;  illustrated,  attitude,  situated,  obtruded. 

II  when  halved  is  generally  written  up,  as  in  hats,  heats,  hits,  hints ; 
Ray  when  halved,  never  stands  alone,  see  rate,  write ;  after  the  large 
Shun  hook  the  halved  stroke  s  may  be  written  up  when  it  cannot  be 
written  down ;  as  in  Salvationist,  fashionist. 

Ing,  Emp  cannot  be  halved  unless  hooked,  as  in  angered,  anchored, 
hampered,  slumbered,  impend. 

Affixes  =AIity,  =IHty,  -Arity,  =Ly,  -Ship,  =SeIf. 

Ality,  -ility,  -arity,  and  other  similar  terminations  are  expressed  in 
Phonography  by  disjoining  the  consonant  that  comes  immediately  before 
-ality,  etc.,  as  in  brutality,  stability,  barbarity,  peculiarity. 

The  affix  -ly  is  represented  by  I,  joined  or  disjoined  as  may  be  con- 
venient, as  in  heavenl}',  suddenly,  loosely. 

The  termination  -self  is  represented  by  a  small  circle  and  the  termin- 
ation selves  by  a  large  circle  (written  close  to  the  consonant  near  the 
middle);  while  supposed  to  be  disjoined,  it  is  often  more  convenient  to 
join  this  affix ;  as  in  thyself,  myself,  himself,  ourselves,  themselves ;  but 
herself,  yourself,  and  yourselves  are  generally  written  in  full. 

The  affix  -ship  is  expressed  by  sh,  sometimes  joined,  sometimes  dis- 
joined, as  in  headship,  apprenticeship,  township. 

EXERCISE. — They  often  spoke  of  the  great  barbarity  themselves.  Be 
careful  how  you  write  the  forms  for  afford,  named  and  conferred. 
Do  not  forget  to  write  the  full  forms  for  rate,  right,  wrought  and 
wrote.  The  term  Salvationist  is  not  now  one  of  reproach.  Turn  this 
Exercise  into  shorthand  and  present  it  to  the  teacher  for  correction. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


71 


LES5ON    XXVII. 


Halving  Principle  Continued.      Affixes. 


Kicked     fact     propped     effect     licked     liked     looked     quaked     attitude 


- 

Illustrated     situated     obtruded     hats     hits     heats     hunts    excursionists 


Salvationist        impend        fashionist        angered       hampered       slumbered 


Brutality     stability     barbarity     suddenly     heavenly     loosely     headship 

p    .^^.~^\-...^\..^  .....  ;>....^-i  .....  s'  .......  V- 

Ourselves     herself     yourself     rate     write     print     printed    plant    planted 


K 


s 


•VI 


- 


72  THE    AMERICAN   ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XXVIII. 


Double  Length  Characters  Illustrated. 


An  additional  syllable  is  added  to  curved  letters  by  writing  them  twice 
their  usual  length. 

Er  is  added  to  Emp  or  Emb,  as  in  timber,  tamper,  temper,  distem- 
per, chamber,  plumper,  pamper.  After  Z,  the  treble  consonant  Emp-r 
( Emp  hooked  for  R)  is  more  convenient,  as  in  slumber,  limber,  cumber, 
scamper. 

Ker  or  ger  is  added  to  ing.  The  Ing  stroke  hooked  for  r  is  more 
frequently  used  than  the  double  length  character,  as  in  linger,  lingered. 

All  other  curves  made  twice  their  usual  length  add  ther,  ter  or  der 
(and  ture),  as  in  mother,  father,  letter,  fetter,  order,  border,  alter,  loiter, 
softer,  center ;  also  invader,  fender,  thunder,  mounter,  vender,  inventor, 
fomenter,  future,  feature. 

A  straight  stroke  ending  with  a  hook  or  preceded  by  another  letter, 
may  be  made  double  length,  as  in  pointer,  planter,  chanter,  bender, 
brander,  tender,  counter,  hinder. 

When  the  present  tense  of  a  verb  is  written  by  a  double  length  stroke, 
the  past  tense  is  written  by  the  halving  principle,  as  in  render,  rendered ; 
wander,  wandered;  tender,  tendered. 

Prefix  In.     Affixes  -Mental,  -Mentality,  -Ment. 

In  is  expressed  by  a  back  stroke  before  the  treble  consonantal  sounds 
spr,  str,  skr,  and  before  the  strokes  Hay  and  Aitch,  as  in  inscribe,  in- 
human, inherit. 

The  letter  m  halved  and  hooked  for  n  is  used  for  the  affix  -mental  or 
-mentality.  It  is  generally  disjoined  but  not  always,  as  in  detrimental, 
sacramental,  fundamental,  instrumental,  monumental. 

JVJ5  (the  n  halved)  may  be  employed  as  a  contraction  for  -ment  after 
si,  stroke  ns,  or  a  hook,  as  in  imprisonment,  resentment,  commencement, 
pavement,  refinement,  achievements. 

EXERCISE. — Every  one  who  desires  to  write  at  a  high  rate  of  speed 
knust  first  make  the  forms  very  carefully  and  correctly.  All  outlines 
that  are  new  to  the  writer  should  be  copied  until  they  can  be  made 
without  hesitation.  No  amount  of  study  can  take  the  place  of  dictation. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


73 


LESSON    XXVIII. 
Double  Length  Characters  Illustrated. 


Timber       tamper       temper        distemper        chamber        plumper      longer 


Slumber        limber        pamper        cumber       cumbered       linger       lingered 
Mother        father         letter         fetter        order        border        alter        loiter 

.J:... 


Inventor  invader  fomenter  pointer  planter  chanter 

|  _  ,          ^^  Jf?  ^ 

J;  .......  ^^......^.  ........  <£  .......  <«?..  ..... 


Bender        brander        tinder        counter         hinder         render         rendered 

..^^..  .......  ^..  ........  .^S.  .......  >*  .........  ^X,......^C7«.  ........  if>.  ...... 

Wander        wandered         pain         paint        painter        unscrew        inhuman 

detrimental,      fundamental       imprisonment       commencement       pavement 


X 


74  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XXIX. 


The  W  and  Y  Series  of  Diphthongs. 


Besides  providing  a  brief  elementary  character  for  every  sound,  pho- 
nography provides  a  convenient  sign  for  every  combination  of  vowels. 

A  very  small  Thee  written  to  a  sti-oke  consonant  in  three  places  re- 
presents a  diphthong  formed  by  the  union  of  w  and  a  heavy  dot  vowel. 
"When  written  in  the  first  place,  it  represents  w  and  a  first  place  dot; 
in  the  second  place,  w  and  a  second  place  dot/  and  in  the  third  place, 
w  and  a  third  place  dot,  as  in  railway. 

A  very  small  stroke  z  written  to  a  stroke  consonant  in  the  three 
places  represents  a  diphthong  formed  by  the  union  of  w  and  a  dash 
vowel,  as  in  water. 

Sometimes  these  signs  are  used  for  initial  w,  and  may  then  be  joined 
to  other  consonants,  as  in  "William,  "Wilson,  Wilkinson,  week,  wax,  wake, 
woke,  weaken,  woman,  women. 

A  very  small  n  thickened,  written  to  a  stroke  consonant  in  three 
places,  represents  a  diphthong  formed  by  the  union  of  y  and  a  dot 
vowel. 

A  very  small  m  thickened,  written  to  a  stroke  consonant  in  the  three 
places,  represents  a  diphthong  formed  by  the  union  of  y  and  a  dash 
vowel. 

These  diphthong  signs  may  be  written  heavy  to  represent  heavy  dots 
and  dashes,  and  light  for  the  light  dots  and  dashes.  In  actual  report- 
ing, however,  it  is  rarely  necessary  to  make  any  distinction  between 
light  and  heavy  signs. 

The  TF  and  Y  series  of  diphthongs  is  difficult  to  remember  and  write 
quickly.  They  should  be  practised  a  great  deal,  and  xintil  they  have 
been  mastered  they  ought  to  be  gone  over  once  each  day.  Every  line 
of  shorthand  should  be  looked  over  in  order  to  see  where  and  how  they 
are  used.  This  is  a  very  important  Lesson. 

EXERCISE. — Any  young  person  who  desires  to  write  rapidly  should  join 
speed  classes.  There  are  many  good  schools,  colleges  and  associations 
where  daily  practice  may  be  had.  The  frequent  practice  provided  by 
these  institutions  increases  the  speed  very  rapidly. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  75 


LESSON   XXIX. 


The  W  and  Y  Series  of  Diphthongs. 


.....  W  and  Dot  Vowel   .       ...*?\..  c 


sounded  as  in  Wah      weh      wee.  Wah-t      weh-t      wee-t 


Railway        roadway        twenty        twelve       wish        frequent      frequenter 

* 


..?..  Wand  Dash  Vowel       ..  ....*&  .....  .^^  .......................  *  .......  J  ....... 

sounded  as  in  Waw      woh      woo.  Waw-t      woh-t      woo-t 

...1  ............  V.  ............  3d-.'  ..........  1^  ..............  a  ..........  S>  ...... 

Water         waterish          waterlogged          waterproof         word         password 


.~..Y  and  Dot  Vowel     .*  .......  <  .......  &•  ........................ 

w  > 

sounded  as  in  Yah       yeh       yee.  Yah-t       yeh-t       yee-t 

-i:  ^.'L.re  ......  ss.    ..'^  .........  :<L  .........  s?..  .....  . 

*j  i 

India         Asia         creation         year         association         alien         recreation 

^        S>  "'  -I 

..?...¥  and  Dash  Vowel      *  ......  Os...,^*  .........................  J  ........  -|--- 

sounded  as  in  Yaw       yoh       yoo.  Yaw-t      yoh-t      yoo-t: 

.^....^  .....  M  .....  v  .........  **  ........  ^  ......  ^-  .....  ^ 

Folio        ratio         period^        patriot        serious        various        cameo        fume 

~ 


William     Wilson     Wilkinson      week      wax      wako      walk      work      warm 


76  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    XXX. 


Dissyllabic  Diphthongs. 


The  third  place  light  dot,  preceded  by  and  blended  with  the  six  long 
vowels,  forms  a  series  of  two  syllable  diphthongs  and  is  represented  by 
a  little  angular  mark,  open  above,  for  the  heavy  dot  vowels,  and  the 
same  mark  reversed  represents  the  heavy  dash  vowels.  These  angular 
marks  may  also  be  used  to  represent  the  first  and  second  place  heavy 
dots  and  dashes,  and  any  short  unaccented  vowel,  as  in  Kaiser,  saying, 
being,  drawing,  following,  doing,  clayey.  When  the  accent  is  on  the 
second  vowel,  use  the  Y  series,  as  in  creation,  reality. 

Vowels  that  are  initials  of  proper  names  may  be  written  in  longhand, 
or  a  nominal  consonant  may  be  used,  as  shown  on  the  opposite  page. 

Phonography  has  been  adapted  to  French,  Gei-man  and  other  foreign 
languages  by  the  addition  of  signs  to  represent  sounds  heard  in  those 
languages  not  used  in  English. 

Review  of  Lessons  XXVI  to  XXX. 

1. — When  a  thin  consonant  is  halved  what  letter  sound  is  added? 

2. — Explain  how  a  half  size  letter  is  vocalized, 

3. — How  may  d  be  added  to  m,  n,  I  and  r  f 

4, — What  should  be  done  to  avoid  long  strokes? 

5. — When  h  is  halved  how  is  it  written  ? 

6. — Can  Ing,  Emp  and  Ler  be  halved? 

7. — How  is  ality,  ility,  arity,  ly,  ship  and  self  represented? 

8. — What  is  added  to  JEmp,  JEmb,  Ing  when  written  double  length? 

9. — What  is  added  to  all  other  curves  by  lengthening? 
10. — What  is  added  to  a  straight  stroke  when  made  double  length? 
11. — How  is  the  prefix  IN  expressed? 

12. — How  are  the  affixes  mental,  mentality,  ment  represented? 
13. — Explain  the  W  and  Y  series  of  diphthongs. 
14. — Illustrate  the  dissyllabic  series  of  diphthongs. 
Every  fundamental  principle  of   phonetic  shorthand  has  now  been 
presented.     The  following  Lessons  will  enable  the  student  to  put  them 
into  practice. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


77 


LESSON    XXX. 


Dissyllabic    Dipththongs  Illustrated. 


First  place  heavy  dot  blended 

with  third  place  light  dot  Solfaing  Kaiser 

Second  place  heavy  dot  blended 
with  third  place  light  dot  Laity  saying 

~^  "^ 

Third  place  heavy  dot  blended         \ \.r,....!V. 

with  third  place  light  dot  Seeing  being 

1".      ^      1^  //-"     ^) 

First  place  heavy  dash  blended     *»— '  .r""^.. 

with  third  place  light  dot  Drawing  toil 

Second  place  heavy  dash  blended ,(^....  ...(7**.      ..S^Vt 

with  third  place  light  dot  Lowing  following 

Third  place  heavy  dash  blended    I  I  ...s*^-r?...       ..yf>-^... 

with  third  place  light  dot  Doing  ruin 

•CT~^ Y-" I  •  •  ->^f-  •  -  •  -y* - -t \J^'- ^^-  •  •  • 

t-  ( 

Clayey      ideal      poet      real      really      museum      snowy      theory     Owen 


A    E    I    O    U         Leo         oasis         Louisa        Ohio         Messiah        dewy 


78  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    XXXI. 


Contractions  Involving  the  Halving  Principles. 


1  - 

Gentlemen  <J      tried  .....  great    <<—     build-ing    Sk       quite....    able  to  \ 

</  <— 

gentleman  ....    could  _    account  —  ?    according-to  ....  spirit  <\    good  — 

—  <-  ->  /»  <- 

God  ......  guard  ____  .  yard  ....  child  ....••  after  ....  third    )  '    let  -C     told  f 

<\  ^  ^ 

particular  .  .  .  .    meet-ing  ^     happened  .....  did  not  J        hand  ......  yet  <^ 

opportunity  %    under  >^  -  cart  .....  tell  it    f    called  ____  gold  c—   amouu  t  ^ 

J  '—?  ^  J 

do  not  .....  cannot...,.,  send  <U    trade  1      nature  ^    might....  had  not 

1^7  ^ 

word  ">     equaled  c_^niay  not  ^^   want  ....  applied  .  .  .   reformer  -^\^-^ 


•N  x  x..        -  ^   .^    X  r -.... 


>  .•f-.-.'r..  ^  x  I 


i  <       v    J 

-l  •—    ^' 


>     - 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


79 


LESSON    XXXII. 


Exercise  on  Contractions. 


Reverend  .X^_  immediately/— vW^acknowledged       **~1  subscription^ — r> 

enlarge-d ./     **~t^  phonographer  ^^      practice-d-cal-ly\ regularX""""* 

•^•\f2 — v                  '   1  v 

establisli-ed-ment    )          manuscript ......    transcript  J v       object  \ 

inconsistent  essential-ly  ^     f      uniform-ity  f  natural-ly    "y 

whatever V_     satisfaction  T    stranger  T~    immediate ^~s^^     objection^ 
interest-ed    |    *f    representative-tion  ^\j  X^unanimity-imous  c 
regularX^          reform-edX\_       republic  X^v        probable-y-ilityN. 
understood  ^f     parliament-ary    >/^  notwithstanding  ^y      nothing 

neglect-ed  reformation  Xt  understand    ^      transf er-ed  I  A 

\. 


80 


LESSON    XXXIII. 


Exercise  on  Contractions. 

/i  ^i 

Rather  than  ^         performs-ance    V^Vo    enthusiasm-ast-astic-ally      \. 

transgress  J — 0        peculiar-ly-ity  \ prospect  ^Q         cabinet       \ 

characteristic ^nevertheless    vl    perform-edN/Vpublic-ish-ed   N. 

[agriculture-al .....     aristocratic-cy~~^      administrator  V—^  discharge    L 

unexampled rbenevolent-ce    x_^t        benignant-ityx^^^— •  sent  . 

*-\  I  < — v 

'.indefatigable      v_^        disinterested-ness   QD      ,ecclesiastic-al         )     if  it  v. 

distinguish-ed  fy — '  vefRcient-ly-cy  \^J  capable-ility  ~~ \  till  it  | 
financial-ly  Vs> — '  entertainment  [_  Presbyterian-ism  '^o  tell  it  f 
episcopal-ian  \ — •  iwent  t/>  wont  t/>  inconsistency 


1 


become  \ 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


81 


LESSON    XXXIV. 


Exercise  on  Contractions. 


c  — 

Cross-examine-(l-ation__.^.  .  .  .   c-ii-cninstantial-ly  L^y*     imperfVct-ioh 
deficiency    \j-S        executor  -  —  cs        executrix       "  —  o     dignity-fy-fiVd    I    -. 
<:onstitution-al-ly  J     democratic-cy  t~-><-  —      degeneration      I         English   7^ 
description  o  —       extemporaneous      [—  ^    contingency    (_.     indenture  *^^- 
indiscriminate     b  —     indignant-atiou  w—      example  .  .  .  .^T.^.  .esquire,  j  _ 
indescribable  ^"^  —  v  uninfluential  xinsubstantial^^o 

individua,I-ly  ...  .  .    subservient    ^tf'     unfavorable-ly      ^-»      (exchequer      / 

guperscription    e>  —  ^    inconsistent  prejudice-ial    'SX      investment  ^^P 

—  p  '^><\  N^  ,, 

extinguish-cd      I  __     impracticable  .....      appointment  ......  ,  tribunal      L 


t- 


t- 


t  > 


r 


82 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LE5SON    XXXV. 


Exercise  on  Contractions. 


Whenever    «.         inventor      \.        commercial-ly  .........  therefor©      j 

textbook  I  •  ^  Temperance  Society   l\         mechanic-al-ly   ^-^__, 

C 


instructive 


thankf  ul-ly  .  .>r.  .  .  surprise  ......  indispensable-ly 

V__  prof  ession-al  ^»^  original- 
mathematic-s-al       (     transcribe  d  —  v 
transcription  J  _    repugnant-ce  /\^*  relinquish-ed  ^^^,     out  of  that--L 

temperance  U*v      intemperance       U-^     for  a  time  ^~,        orthodox-y  x^T 

1 


mathematician'^     manufacturer 
tobscurity\  _       proficiency 


9-  C  ^ 

instruction    (j        thought  ........  met  .....  .  . 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


83 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XXXVI. 


Exercise  on  Contractions. 


November 


December 


archbishop  -^7          certificate  °^\ 

advertise-d-ment     4  administratrix    I— X__D       baptize-d-ist-sm  \. 

\  \> 

astonish-ed-ment .  rr^  .    arbitration  ~^Vj        suspect-ed  oi       suspicious-ly  o) 

iintagonist-ic-ism defendant  I     disappointment  J^-,      contentment   ^ 

transgression  J— 3     unexpected-ly  controversy-sial  J      construction   (j- 

1  |  6) 

covenant      v_     dissimilar  cj--       extraordinary       L^      extravagant-ce 

iusignificant Calvinism   *     V^    atonement    H>        attainment 

celestial   o*         improbable     ^v      henceforth    <$^^~^—   responsible 
friendship    ^      expensive         ^        eternal  bliss    l^,         circumstance  <j 
inconsiderate      j^,        expenditure  .  .  .^ .   instead  of        ^       holiness 


6? 

0 


84  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    XXXVII. 


Exercise  on  Contractions. 


«— »^  .  2  ^^ 

Independent-ce f amiliar-ity  V^ — ^     journalism  e/ —    observation     ar 

ineffieient-cy-ly      \*~S   generalization  </    imperturbable. passenger"^ 

intelligent .,.  ..  intelligible  ^       resurrection  ^^     philanthropist   ^>si 

^  ^ 3 

philanthropy-ic  w°  jurisprudence  a?      resignation  ^a~"    inscription,'..... 


/ 


inscribe-d  insubordinate-ation  ^N      inform-ed   "~V_      January 

jurisdiction  cS  inspect-ed-ion     \     proportion-ed    ./X^.  .  majesty      /^ 

insufficient-cy-ly  ^^-^    magnet-ic-ism-ize-ed  impregnable      ^^ 

proportionate  N^        misdemeanor      |    Methodism  melancholy  *  —  i 

\x 


N.  - 

objective  ^    sensible-ly-ity  ^\    censorship  Q_j>^  I  am  informed 


.  ^X,   ^  v_   x  <A  .^..  -^  ^  ••'••'  ^^ 
..C^.    "y    ^       .^:  ^,  >    ^    o    rv^.t 

V*;fT.      x.-:.r.  ^  -  o   ^^  ^,C  --c- 

s — ^_  ^...^..  )  .^.  \  -'•  y  '^  <   K  ^-  ^  ^ 

.^..r...^.^c/V^^        >       "If       -      ^      >      ^\1 

\  -^        ^       I  C  ^-7        ^ 

-p     7    *s  ^v/  ^         ^v' 

-Y^     .r^~".       \   ft  *      .^~~--    X     .          '<C   s\  '    ^ x      ^*- 

^~^  ^f        ^  \J^       X        ?         *~\         -..      "V-       ^^^    x. 

|       ^     .Jfxy^...>is.   -          ^/      A 

--- S—N        n    'P 

~-\_y   ^    L    ^V.      r.  ..TX    x   N    •%:-•  ^  Jb  * 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


85 


LESSON    XXXVIII. 


Exercise  on  Contractions. 


Unselfish-ness   _x      plaintiff     ^      manufacture-d .          >-  transmission 

x — <     r» 
revenue /X_  unquestionable-y  3     singular-ly  <O~—  September  ^ 

metropolitan  ^~^\  organize-d  ^\         regeneration  ^/   nonconformist 

organization    X— g-   mortgage tabernacle    L         plenipotentiary 

nonconformity     I          wouderf ul-ly  i^     perpetual-ly  ^v^^  selfish-nes 

sufficient-ly-cy  V — '     superscribe-d     a —    &u.bstantial-ly   \p        always 

1  V-—P  *  ' 

oL        unconstitutional-ly     J     simultaneousl; 

-^   respectively  ^^x    applicable-ity  \ February  ^ — v 


transubstantiation 
recognizance  / 


v--- 


•  y 


<U> 


)  }>:...  *t 


86  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   LESSON    XXXIX. 


The  Importance  of  Regular  Practice. 


I  ^    _  -* 

Lesson  £j>   desire  <K     succeed     .)    month        \    father  v_ 

V]      . 

°\  T  ^ 

sister     1      contraction  I — -,    uncle  vl* —  aunt         brother  ^Nv     girl 

faster/??,    teacher..!.,      town.).,  morning ^-^/>  before  X^.    chosen 

b  JA  '  ^ 

<  '' 

profession  ^t      week  2 — i     phonetic  shorthand  v^,       for  it   ^      rate 
one  or  two  t/^       from  my  last  letter  <r~*^-^T>  all  claims  . /^ 

.3.    4   £. 


!V^-^                        >              »             ^~J)                                                             

<b>> 

^"          \     .                  tT'.r    .V.V..      X           « 

J         ^ 

^                      ; 

\ 

(      1      (T     \    ^^     ( 

^    .  fv_ 

1-   ^       ^X    ^    )         ( 

1    —  .    1    \ 

i    6  *O*  *..rT7.  .  x.  *N- 

L.               "I    ^^     . 

_^-        ^ 

x-—          ^         ..."                    1                           ^ 

J^ 

\  .>.  X  ^  •>  ../.^.^.. 

'  -     ^        ^\       •         *—9     *    "~^  ""•      ^     •  '  •  •   ^ K 

<S~^~       Q  I        °          ^-A        ( 

.    x     ......          U£>       ^  / -      V*      X. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  87 


LESSON   AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XL. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 
Theory. />•  study   P   fifty  ^^^     minute     *J     following  v/^^vmtil   / 


.[ 

letter/         sixty  o__p    desired  J,.       dictation! •     likewise.'. '.find, 

i.  b 

fear  ^^  enclose  v^t_£>   to-morrow  ^—^  note   ^    rails  *<£  patienceXx~ 
-^  > 

Wednesday  o/^~f.    I  have  the  honor  ^s-       lay  letter 


sincere 


*-X    x|    .   .^,    ^  ..x-  S-    x    ''     "     <1    — 

.  v  *  x   c   ^_  ..<i.  c  kjr.  x]  ,.x..      .:..  —  i 


(    Ly  .   ^  ..^  i  —  \   ^t-   N^  c  n   ^ 

~*  C 


* 


y         /        ,     J,      .)         x         <^     . 

^^  ^  o^  \  s,  __  .r.... 

N      «  .  *    -*     ^    1^    X 

.v  o  .  ^  v  < 


88 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON   AND   INSTRUCTIONS   XLI. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Speed  ^x,.    increased  v—>-e=   prove  <N\)-  written  ^-^^  pleaee  .S^.     nine 

-2  -'  c\  C 

shorthand  _  .  .  .  experiment        VT>    forget  °>L-  71     fact^T~~l  mastered  , 


stock thoroughly 

ability  \/^l.     twejve 

v_     .h  ~    L 


My  dear  Sir 

~^. 
inventory 


firm  *s^^ 
in  exchange 


V> 

4 


"l          • 


\ 


(>    N>  A.  . 


>..  V    -*    ^    * 

,    ^_  <^..  (   ^    U  >..,- 

^        <v 

I       -^      /  \) 

)      X      I        \L     '*•    '*-•- 5    "\^-        Nx—x. 


^ 

T 


I    Wi 


\. 


,<5L. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


89 


LE55ON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XLII. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Your  favor  ^  contains  J"    returns  XjX'afternoon '...order 


required  x-X-^— ^welcome   C~ —      occurs   '^-^      freight    °Y      assistance  Q). 

~f 


freely  r^^.  need  *»,.      accident  week  .> — '    N.  Y.  Central 


safely      /^     entire    "TN     write. .  ...  ..at  any  rate  .......  by  wire 


<    . — x  *  Ir-* 


/ 
^     "  ^  A 


90 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    XLIII. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Better  Xi      account  •_>      correct  I     error     ^-s       serve 

esteem  ) ^   favor    v!_        send  <±*     amount  --^    statement 'l-^     friends  ^ 

position  .  x^. .  .  writing  y. ....  present  <XSQ_/      always shipment      J . .     . 

«*•  '{/s   •">  >Ti 

another  v — -^  astray)      f  utiux-  L. . . .  at  his  request  cannot  say  ~^. 

,  ^ ^_O  rx  ,    .        .     *!•>  *•-»  ^—         •  •   •   • 


) 


'../.  ^S-'v  <• 


x 

5^  ^  .^  i 


>j 


).  i- 


*s  „  .:.  ->>   ^ 

/& 

Z*         t^       <i^      r\ 

f  ) 


X<^    x     I       «^, 

I-        ^ 


A      A. 


s> 

<^  _/  ^  J 


I> 

^ 


^,.<. 


^  -^    *j.,    -> 

/          ^  N>          N_^          ^ 


^^*^\*^>^x 

V  ^ 

,  i  ^,    ^-v 

V^     ^        ^^    y  -      -y  V 


S 

^.,  4 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  91 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LE5SON    XLIV. 


Review  and  Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Spell  every  woi'd  in  every  Lesson  you  come  to.  Be  sure  you  know 
the  meaning  of  all  the  words  you  write.  Eead  your  notes  every  time 
you  take  dictation;  and  if  you  can  save  time  by  making  time  saving 
phrases  do  so,  and  re-write  them  until  they  can  be  made  quickly  and 
never  be  forgotten. 

Write  the  following  letter  in  Phonetic  Shorthand,  present  it  to  the 
teacher  for  correction,  copy  it  studiously  until  you  can  write  it  very 
freely,  then  write  it  from  dictation, 

DEAR  SIR:  You  have  had  five  easy  Lessons  in  Phonetic  Shorthand 
speed  practice.  If  you  have  read  them  several  times,  and  have  written 
them  as  advised,  you  will  have  no  difficulty  in  writing  this  letter  in  short- 
hand, or  in  reading  it  after  you  have  written  it.  While  these  letters  are 
not  very  difficult,  still  they  contain  a  great  many  good  words  which  will 
assist  you  to  write  what  follows  with  ease.  .Remember  these  letters  can- 
not take  the  place  of  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  principles.  Review 
the  principles  daily.  Copy  the  contractions  several  times  each  week, 
and  go  over  the  Theory  Reading  Lessons  until  you  can  take  them  from 
dictation  at  a  high  rate  of  speed.  The  words  chosen  are  just  the  words 
you  will  require  to  use  in  an  office  when  you  take  up  the  duties  of  an 
amanuensis.  Give  heed  to  the  phrases  which  you  will  find  at  the  bot- 
tom of  each  page.  They  should  be  practised  many  times.  They  will 
not  assist  you  much  unless  you  can  write  them  at  a  high  rate  of  speed 
when  you  hear  them.  Get  a  friend  to  read  the  Lessons  to  you  for  an 
hour  or  two  each  day.  This  will  increase  your  speed  more  than  you 
will  at  first  believe.  Write  all  the  new  words  until  you  have  mastered 
them.  Do  this  with  every  Lesson  as  you  come  to  it.  Never  pass  to 
the  next  until  you  can  take  the  one  you  are  at  from  dictation  at  the 
rate  of  fifty  words  per  minute.  If  you  follow  this  advice  you  will  soon 
have  no  difficulty  in  writing  very  fast.  You  should  already  know  that 
Phonetic  Shorthand  is  a  very  important  subject,  and  it  will  pay  you 
for  all  the  time  you  can  give  to  it.  Try  to  follow  the  advice  given  in 
each  Lesson.  Daily  practice  is  the  sure  road  to  success. 


92 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XLV. 
Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Claim 


agamst 


collected  ''  collections  /' 

I 


?  matter, 
overlooked."  V-        effecting  V- — .draft settlement -|^      esteemed 

obligations  'S_S»    remittance  ^^j    ascertain  >~^  decline 

•  v 

"         //  /• 

4       o  /TTT... >...«.  :,  ^  \ 


"C 

prompt  ./7T 


"X     — 


r 


I, 


7 


>o 


•    X. 
^    A 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


93 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    XLVI. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Twenty 


line 


passenger  train     Tfl        service  o;-\oexceedingly  TL, 
Baltimore  &  Ohio  Road  \xi          presume  'NSs~<"  ordered  '~\     furnish    ^ 
price      ...  tons  d~  possible    s^   otherwise  -(^P     \earnf         elsewhere/^ 


THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    XLVII. 
Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Quality' 


forward 


agreed   «—  .     obliged     ' 


instructions 


ions     u> 


correspondent"     ***    address    (>     class.  .....  sending<i^_,  some  time 

-.  n  v  • 

lowest  &     discount  J^,      quantities     i       ^1        trial      J     terms 


V- 


k 


0 


^  .: 


\ 


).:../? 


No 


v 


N  , 

X  'l^ 


x 


-•  > 


/ 


"> 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


95 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    XLVIII. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Replying  , 
marked  <~ 
meantime 


instant  ^        hasten    0       reduction  /\  <       per  cent.  \ 


provided  <VSH    complete  \.     include  v  —  '+—  customers  "^T, 

\fV  I  >      ^—  ^ 

'I  &*  A 

'advanc'e  ^~~^  .  as  well  as  ......  I.  was  there     I 


.are  not 


C 


-£> 


— p       r     \      c — 7 

v-J>  \ 


(o 

C 


96 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON   AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XLIX. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


fQ  •  x^-% 

Application  \_p    refers  ^f         regarded  <^"^'  sound  <£>     exercise  -HT 

worthiness  cx^vJ>  judgment    /     energy   <^y   considerable    3       strict^. 

I  ^<  I 

attention    ^      enable      \    decide    h    appreciated-c\^       regarding/^" 

assured^      until    ^      if  you  can  inform  me   V^     ^^^  ju  reply  ^ 


•£• 


'NO         O 


«_o     N^   ...    "Xo     x     b    >C .  .?*r~. ....... 


.    NO    

o    y 


<L 


I 

L 


/ 


I      X 


V_ 
;    r-V;'  ' 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  97 


INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    LESSON    L. 


Review  and  Ccrrespondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Write  the  following  letter  in  phonetic  shorthand;  present  it  to  the 
teacher  for  correction,  then  copy  it  until  it  can  be  read  and  written 
freely. 

MY  DEAR  SIR — You  have  now  read  and  written  the  Lessons  applying 
the  principles.  If  you  still  have  difficulty  in  writing  shorthand,  you 
should  go  back  and  read  and  write  all  the  Lessons.  You  may  have 
found  Lessons  XLY  to  XLIX  more  difficult  than  the  others,  but  you 
are  now  better  able  to  write  them.  Have  you  had  daily  dictation?  If 
not,  try  to  get  it.  It  is  well  to  copy  the  Lessons ;  but  if  you  can  write 
them  at  the  rate  of  sixty  words  a  minute,  an  hour's  dictation  is  better 
than  several  hours'  copying.  Try  to  get  dictation  regularly  without 
further  delay.  No  teacher  can  do  your  writing  for  you,  nor  can  he  do 
your  thinking.  He  can  tell  you  what  to  do,  and  how  to  do  it;  but  you 
must  do  the  reading  and  writing.  All  teachers  agree  that  without  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  principles  no  real  speed  can  be  attained. 
Review  the  Theory  Lessons;  read  and  write  correct  shorthand  when 
you  get  the  opportunity.  Watch  how  many  words  you  learn  each  day. 
WTe  have  to  urge  again  the  necessity  of  writing  the  three  hundred  con- 
tractions every  day.  They  form  sixty  per  cent,  of  the  written  language. 
If  you  can  write  them  at  the  rate  of  one  hundred  a  minute  it  will  greatly 
assist  you  to  reach  the  goal  you  have  in  view.  Write  the  difficult  forms 
many  times  more  than  the  easy  ones.  If  you  have  a  real  difficulty,  ask 
the  teacher  to  assist  you,  but  do  not  rely  on  him  or  anybody  till  you 
really  cannot  help  yourself.  Do  not  forget  that  phonography  is  writing 
by  sound.  Train  yourself  to  ascertain  what  sounds  are  in  a  word,  and 
write  the  characters  that  represent  the  sounds.  In  this  way  you  will 
write  with  great  speed.  The  following  Lessons  may  seem  still  more 
difficult  than  the  early  ones ;  but  you  will  soon  get  over  all  difficulties. 
Read  much,  write  a  great  deal  from  dictation,  and  your  success  will  be 
sure.  Remember  the  old  saying:  It  is  not  Avhat  you  read  that  makes 
you  wise ;  it  is  what  you  remember.  Study  the  principles. 


98 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LI. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Known  ^-—^     whom 


personal 
average 
perfectly 


enquire  ^  intimately        J-r/       reason 

trustworthiness   &s^^_s>  -  evidence  -^-v^P   endowed 
intrusted        b~     finished    ^-^      vacant  v_ — ^  action 


certain  ^    :—  '  regret 


s^        ' 


learned 


benefit 


v 


I       o 
c 


x      I 


,^. 
,P    x 


ts 


t. 


\ 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


99 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LII. 


>U     n 

• 


• 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Non-arrival   T~^  unloaded  ^jj'  will  not  '^     por 

P°  "f 

ultimo  Y-p^   telegram   F-^—x  former  ^~  ^  ample 

J 
.    extensive       -£     we  are  in  receipt  of  your  letter 


detriment 
purpose 


L 

** 


I. 

/ 


-t 


I    . 

l/\ 


v 


0 

V.   .... 


100 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LIU. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise. 


Madam'. 
selected 
gained  — 


world  c^          earning     '-i x   unfit        "  woman   > — ^  Ella  f7 

O_J 

^~~-~^\ 
signed  ....  entitled          J       discloses   <4>__Q      human  /- — O 

v  I  l 

•   O        .  Cl<  v.       ,t 

experience       v^0  honorable        x      pursuits  \/^ 
deportment    ***~^>    generosity  f£-P        higliminded 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  101 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LIV. 


Correspondence  Speed  Exercise 


Foresee  ^/J.    unfortunate^^results  s<^    brought     J      capital  '. 
invested     vp      consider     \    gave  —  -o    reservation  s^^*  blame  V 
certainly  c^^  paragraph  (NV-o     slightest  ^71  retaining  'N     B 
insurance    ^°  acknowledging       f    acknowledgement       ^~/    act  .TT. 


Q        V        I         -^        «' 

1     ....     I     ....     ^       i        ^    J          ...-  «    .......  ... 

I         p    '       \i    ^    1   - 

^ 


«         'I 

..        I 


.(>  y 

..r-T:.  f. '.. 

I 


lOli  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN- 


AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LV. 


Headlines  for  Speed  Practice. 


System  55—^  forty  ^-"1.  heard  ^>      English  language 
/  v 

provides  ^vj    sign  ....  divided    (,        consonant  Q~--^-'  dccm-riii" 
^  * 

sixteen  Q  —  P     diphthong'     |/-      briefly   *X    frequently  ""^V 

combinations    V^__^     shortened    ^       lengthened  '         >•'     employed  .  .  .  >  . 


J    <-_^     X,        )          -  x 
'  ^ 

^  •  £>    /    -s   ."" 


..  -^  t, 

////«•        6 


4  N^  .^  --  .r.,.^  ,  /  ./. 

" 


/\ 


SIMP-UFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


103 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LVI. 


Headlines  for  Speed  Practice. 


Initial  v  —  '<_^    pray  'x\    play     N.    final  .  rT^   passion  .  .  .  .option  .  .  .  .pot.  . 

p  i-i  ^  __  -  '  P 

vowel,  I        .  situation     I       dread    I'      afternoon         '       extenuation         Li^ 

•>•  <Jn  ^? 

i-  ^ 

curved  —  y>  decision  <t>  possession  >w  musician  ^~^.  single  <2^t  — 
Condensation..*  composition  >^  disposition  JL-  length  '  \  bed  \- 
double  J  indicate  ^^T  addition  U  straight  *?•  hooks.  .9.,..  print  tV 


reble  J 


treble 


prints  °V   fashions  ....  authorities 


>  chains  e/' 


.u 

y 


4- 


.L 


J 


1      ^     V 


104 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


Sender 
counter 
curves 


// 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LVII. 
Headlines  for  Speed  Practice. 


-  \ 


stroke  C__  operatorN  S?   liberator 

medial  X^~  attached     J    wise  tf.  inside^f  sorry  . 
sentence  Q^^P   except      '     previously   Cs\u  instructed  T' 


i 


/  : 

v? 


,  v 
r-~?> 


P 

.vl  ' 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


105 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LVII1. 


Headlines  for  Speed  Practice. 


Beginning 

I 

turnin      { 


sprints  °V  tents  J-      features.  L.          prefixed'  <XJ-^ 

\-9 

Q  ~  I      v  '  ^ 

straw     |      screw  a  —  -,      strike  ......  supply.  .  .  _ 


spray 

scrape         \     sable  ^     saddle    I       cloak 
Danes  J"    suffer  /s_ 


sinner 


summer 


9 


J 


sickle  e — :    bones     5 
civil .  \<_:  •  guns   —& 


r- 


\    f    f 


x  y.y 

4  :  •  J' 


- 

/ 


106 


THK    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   LIX. 
Outlines  for  Derivatives. 

In  practice  recognized  >-<-^>    derivative    *^\^      between  V 

clear  -<r-r->. .  should  commence  <^>      like  there  /..-,„'.  primitives 


cannot  be  made 


too  lengthy 


many  forms 

-7 

result  ^°       at  first  .D.  .  .  incorrect  poetic  ^]         poorest  .  X.  .  . 


poorness 


putrefaction  X/,  pettiness    \  aptness  ^r^ 

editor  -L^     editorial    l^i  /-     .pledger    <\^     opener  ^\_^    deeply     I 

/^y  'J  *  ~f+  ' 

s  *  ^X^,^  . 

(         /^^—f  •^ 

following  this  rule  ' ^-f7    (o-j^         putre.fy  ^vi  petrifaction 

petrify-xXVv    pitiable    J"    achievement  ^      acknowledger 


/        x  ,  c 

U^....     JlAs      .      ..?..,       /l/     o      t/        )        . 


^     X 


?<.        5^v 


l..<~. 


c^ 


\ 


<s^ 


* '  ^ 

<t—  •^>-  ^/^—^ 


•>  . 


r^ 


k^^ 


X. 

s. 


\ 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


107 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   LX. 


Influence  of  Concurring  Vowels  on  Outlines. 


'\. 

Observed  V5     in  the  middle 

Xv  .        . 

applied.  ..  .indicated  "    T 


abbreviation 


iation-f\ 
termination   I 15     must  be 

y~ 

frequency  ^ -y    is  not  <^     Jewett    /     Zion  <~s  etc.' 


for  instance 


occurrence 


downward 


pous 
created  <~^7~i- 


provided 


accompaniment 


"V 

.    "I 


.      t_ 
^     o 

/r. 


-,  ^ 
X  .>.. 


\ 


d 


vO-    J  -\-_ 


>        c        N      .  .Oi      -N 

«r     - 


(  *• 


\ 


108 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND   INSTRUCTIONS   LXI. 


Exceptions  to  the  Com  Principle. 

Prefixes  ^X—D    affixes^—- P    must  never  ^ — cr--t     with  regard  to  the 
separately  °^/-    you  cannot   rv_,       brevity  "^        ignore  the  ,— ^ 


commotion  . — ^T)  commission ^-^>  commerce  i 

N/ 
by  tho  use    ^        hence  <5<^^  exemplified 

concomitant  '"p*       comatose     '         £"    comii 
cotrnate .  _.     recognize  ,/C_o     it  is  better   (^s^. 


commissariat ' 
^^     shorter 

s1 

incumbent       ^ 
for  a  time 


, 


c 

S 


I 


v 


^ 

«) 


" 


\--d .o-> 


X 


/ 


£. 


;    L 
*>    I 


<L. 
-<^>     ' 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


109 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXII. 


Influence  of  Final  Vowels  on  Outlines 

Of  rules  .-  .  .  .  .  consonantal  ^~f     petty  .  v.    .  .  duty    I     pet  \    sickly 

r  v.  __  .  1        A|-         r 

taught  ____  in  aii  such  cases       y°r>    deed  |.    pare  \_tar  *-^    perry 

V/.  >        •/r 

tarry  .....  full  .L._  .  fully  (^j^~-     skill  Q~7'  rail  s<t    relay  ^     bestow  \p 

~        \-  7\  -\ 

pastry     V)     oyster    j       enter  *^_^^.    astray    I        entry 


poster 

will  be  found 


doubling 


S  - 


\  . 


'-,' 


\ 


r   v_ 


V 


enter  *^_^^.    astray 
y  one  of  these 


O        ) 


J 


about 


-5  -:--  - 


.'....  t».. 


I 
' 


\ 


110  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXIII. 


Rules  for  the  Use  of  Per  and  Pel. 


It  is  not  necessary  Q_^cy  double  letters  J     x^°    separate  °s>s,     doubt  |> 

?^/  I 

experienced xxf     to  a  certain  extent  ^j^-^-^P    very  lengthy      ir^{ 

in  the  use       S       as  to  whether.  x^T.  .  terminate  P-v^  permission   v — 
J  M 

perfect    Nr~       invariably      *^X    permit  (NS^->     instead  S~"«'       neve 
permanent    v— ^^.^.^permissible  ^nOv/^~     garment  r— O    chairman 
dormant   V-*        German  /^       telegraph  lr— J    delicate  L_       children 
deducted  L!_ ,       adjustment  ^>         admonitor  IT ^    advisement  L- 

\^ 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


ill 


LESSON   AND   INSTRUCTIONS    LXIV. 
Influence  of  Accent  on  Outline. 


Perhaps  ^v     wondered  ^     for  the  words    ^-r 

\r       accent"  —  >^ 


divers  J        diverse 
but  the  fact 

A 


necessity    TT     differ 
remains  ^-  authorized 


for  such 

explains       ^    devour  I/-"'        certain  cases  o^-^-^~~  it  is  possible 

Kb 

in  more  than one  way  <^^ '  poverty   ^_      which  is  now 

•^  \  3^"^ 

refer  s<       was  written    l*-^       shorthand  writers  .  .          .  proffer   CSV>^ 

reverberate  ^\.       reverence  <S\J*>  revere  -/v^^    clashing    ' 

^-P                              ^  ,.  l 

exist  much  more permitted  ^^T't.    advancement  Vs-A* 

L.  %  -  ^,  -  / 

\  |»       V       ^ 

y  k^^  ^  ^  ^*  *)  '(X  x  4 

:       ^  \ 

^*l  I      >^'  ^ 

,    p 

x.     .    '•  ^x         s-/      — ^      ;     i      3 


112 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON   AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XLV. 
Influence  of  Accent  on  Outlines  Concluded. 


altar 
^ 


Theoretically. 

y^    ' 

unaccented 


can  only        7^     at  the  en<i  .  .  .  .  .  obscure  ' 
clatter  '       |     sounded  ^~^   prepare*^ 

in  such    ^~f      peckerXr^-.  epicure ^ pioneer 

i  / 

^\^ 

_L^       tenure   Ll>-x   master  .....  moisture 
caviler     V        cavalier    VO      in  ivgard  to  the  ^ ' ..  creator    *~^\ 


posture  \pp    pasture    N^>    boaster    X)  •    hestir^^P/     creature 
mature      j^      astir  ^       agriculturist .  .  .  .  .  .    tilignment 

•0-  •  -h 

<?      ^     ^\      o 


-1  . 


*>^......v)  .-s 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


113 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXVI. 


S  Vowel  5,  Medial  and  Final. 


diocese 


o^    •' 

-) 

I/ 
'y 

l 

I 


primary  ^"~^/  plural    N-       nouns 

person  ^Q^>    possess-es 

^T~&\ 
Moses        ')     basis,  bases  \)  \O    using..  V..      change  C 


^^^ 

verbs     |^     ends 
>x    -\      excess-es     °) 


Jesus 


outline  I/7.  .  undergo  *^— —       grammatic  '  possessive  ^0     isle  .  .  . 

-HP  v 

crisis,  crises  .  .  .observe     v* 


recess-es 
)      announcement 


anxiously 


although     v 


<\  ,  « 

X" 

r*!  ~^_j  *»...>. 
-i  ^  -i  JL 

-j    •/ 


'-) 


. 


, 

* 


/^ 


iv 

i 


S 


"t    ) 


-* 


114 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXVII. 


S  Vowel  S,  Medial  and  Final,  Concluded. 


]r 


Dealt  r     outlines..^.  .  .  .preceded 


begins          ^     exception 

sustain       -     standing  cease.  <);      sauce  °^        saucy.      ..  swing 

J  /. 

medially  ~f~'      finally  S^       swagger  5T"".  .  .  that  it  should  be 


estate 


\>. 


f  ussy 


anxiousaess 


approvement 


\^.  lastl    ^ 


}      C     A 
o 

.....  V7 


9  ..< 


s 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


115 


LESSON   AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXVIH. 


Rules  for  the  Past  Tense. 


Occasionally  x— — >       understanding  the  "4*       in  relation  to      G     settled  ' 

past  tense  ^Ss       should  there  be  **\         plied  ^s    in  the  first  place 

p  _.    /-r"  ^  P  i      ' 

question         J      relating  ^        .as  far  as  possible   ^-^          utter-ed '/ 


monosyllable  f- — j-&-  \    supplied  .'...'.  by  making  the  . T7>r>7'.  .  isle  . . 


half  length  for  the  present   v—  this  is  only 

\^  V 

by  means  of  the  ^7^     by  which  you  vvill  see  jfr~\      by  your  letter 


V 

island..... 


116  THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXIX. 
Review  and  Speed  Exercise. 

The  pupil  should  put  this  Lesson  into  Phonetic  Shorthand,  show  it 
to  the  teacher,  and  after  it  has  been  corrected,  it  should  be  written 
several  times,  and  then  be  written  from  dictation  until  it  can  be  taken 
at  the  rate  of  sixty  words  a  minute.  There  are  no  difficult  words  in 
this  Exercise  for  those  who  have  mastered  tho  other  Lessons.  If  the 
instructions  have  not  been  followed,  there  will  be  great  difficulties ;  and 
the  only  way  to  get  rid  of  them  is  to  go  back  and  read  and  write  all  the 
Lessons.  In  the  Lessons  which  follow  there  will  be  much  that  is  new. 
It  will  be  necessary  to  have  patience  and  study  every  word,  every 
form,  every  phrase,  by  reading  and  writing,  and  again  study  them  by 
writing  and  reading.  Tour  motto  must  be:  "This  one  thing  I  do." 
Phonography,  for  the  first  few  months,  should  be  a  craze.  Everything 
but  the  most  important  things  of  life  should  be  given  up.  Wherever 
you  hear  language  spoken,  as  in  church,  in  conversation,  or  otherwise, 
follow  the  speaker  as  well  as  you  can  with  phonographic  outlines,  allow- 
ing them  to  form  in  your  brain,  and,  if  possible,  trace  them  in  mute 
action  with  your  finger. 

Lessons  LV  to  LVIII  are  put  into  paragraphs.  Each  paragraph 
should  be  first  read  and  then  written  not  less  than  a  hundred  times. 
This  can  be  easily  done  in  one  hour.  The  best  results  will  be  obtained 
by  giving  to  this  special  practice  one  hour  in  the  morning,  one  hour  in 
the  afternoon  and  one  hour  in  the  evening.  If  this  advice  be  followed 
wonderful  results  in  speed  will  be  seen.  Before  all  these  special  para- 
graphs are  finished  one  hour  will  be  sufficient  to  write  one  two  hundred 
and  fifty  times.  This  practice  will  review  theory  principles,  which  will 
have  a  remarkable  influence  on  the  speed  of.  the  pupil.  A  thorough 
knowledge  of  the  principles  is  of  vast  importance.  Unless  the  principles 
are  mastered  no  one  need  try  to  reach  a  high  rate  of  speed ;  it  will  be 
time  lost,  and  disappointment  will  be  the  result.  Study  the  principles. 
No  one  can  read  shorthand  for  you,  and  no  one  can  write  it  for  you. 
These  things  you  must  do  for  yourself.  If  you  read  and  write  as  ad- 
vised you  cannot  fail  to  succeed. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


117 


LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXX. 


Ready  Now  for  Reporting. 


> 


. .  .  .    ,      ^  x 

\   .........  .     > 


X      J 


>-fc 


t 


^ 

0^ 

c  ~  /•;>.  -» 


"i 


r\ 


xl        :.<. 


*3 


<•   x  4    e   .' 


»•••• 


-»  :. 


t     ~ )        ' 


X      .; 

^ 

X 

—  x 


118 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXI. 


Introduction  to  Reporting  Practice. 


Completed   *\        conducted  i  '          underlying  >-s(v    reporting  X^xv_^ 

useful^)--,  memorized  ^~^-^^  directed    L attained  'J'    students^d 

accomplish        |S    additional   L^     at  tlie  rate  of .....  words  a  minute^    — 


k1.  so  >—, 


^>   ^, 


>*-, 


$ 


^SS^' 


SIMPLIFIED    PHOXETIC    SHORTHAND. 


119 


REPORTING    LESSON   AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXIL 


Be  Careful  How  You  Write  Negatives. 


•  N^^^,./^*^—  '•^^^^^^^1  v-V 

Positive^      negative          L.  ambiguity      ^|,   repeating/     '    postal 


there  is  no  danger 


v. 


words  per  minute 


postage 


^    « 


mission 

enviable 

immix 


4- 

Laudable  r+  J         illaudable  (    %  \ 
answered .  7"".  . .  unanswered  ^-^— ° 

r*—~ 

legal  f        "  illegal  f  mix  ^-x_ 

unenlightenedv^'        legality  (^' illegality 

immobility          *V     legible  <3   illegible  (\ 
moderate f*^     immoderate  ^ — ^x      mingle ^^^.^       immingle 
legitimate  f    *~^      illegitimate  /  modest  '     J"      immodest         '     5 

noted  ^Tf-    unnoted         '          liberal  f\S  illiberal 


immission 
unenviable 
_b  enlightened 
mobility 


nerve 


120 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON   AND   INSTRUCTIONS    LXXIII. 


Must  Write  from  Dictation. 


Worth 


qualified           ^     dictated  I — ;          one  hour's 
preparation  *\v      -,    rapidity  s  legibility    f  /v       minister   . *O 

*\jr  •>•  ^ 

<J~\  ^-r^P  S\.  f      S\ 

sermons  'V~^  afterwards/;.  .  carefully « — .  'reported /K/1  taint  J- 
behind  \fy  speaker  ^^ — -  safeguard  .\Ls—  employ  .''T^S.  expert  ^y 
reporter '  ^ — x  confidence  /"J.  arraignment  H^  astonishingly 


•N 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


121 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXIV. 


Positives  and  Negatives  Concluded. 


Rewritten 


reread/          part  ...     work  *i —    right 


mortal  t — -/ 

logical  (~J         illogical  (* 

Q  

resistible -1        irresistible      o 


>     a""*         liinitablefx      illimitable 


\f\ 

Resolute  /•          irresolute 

immortal   ~^-^f   respective  «^\         irrespective 
movable        v^     immovable 
mutability   x^       immutability 


C 


">c\imiUMerab!<! 

naterial^TT^!     .immaterial 
maculate  s—^_-f-  immaculate 

V 

innavigable 


innutrition 


materialist1  immaterialist   '    ^     ***  nutritious          J 

-_^^_^ 

'      *\  <• -^ — v» 

innutritions          'o^       measurable      ^  immeasurable  ^ 


-I 

__L) 


O/- 


122 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXV. 


Your  Working  Tools. 


England  "^  universal 
fountain  ^£~ ^  American 
inkstand  s^ — f  one  side 
suitable-ly  fn  surface 


Atlantic     K* — '-         preference 
ordinary  '"Xj,     penholder  ^>*y  school  ^—4- 

r~*  T 

selection  b  hardness  V_£>  glazed  <  ,m*z> 

elastic  L  parallel   <x^'  ginger^ 


c 


.  .  .      H-    x. 


< 


o; 


•-< 


\- :..  i- 


^ 

J- 


<     *• 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  123 

REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXVI. 
Prefixes  Con  and  Com  Omitted. 


\ 

t  * 


x 


\  ^  <L 

Combine  combined  .  .  .  comfortable    \    commandment     [^  consist  *) 

commendable     \     commendation     \j     communicate  v>—  /-  companion 
comparative    V_       comparatively     kl_      complete    *x        compliment 
complimentary  X->^  conceive..^,,  concern-ing-  ^    CTsX-/  concerned  ^ 
conclude    <^—       conclusion    <  —  -,        conduct  L  conductor  I  _ 

confidence  V_        confidential  v,  confinement^*^   conjecture  ^!_—__ 

j  ^J 

conscience    <^_p        conscientious   <~j  conscientiousness    <^. 

^  <*Ls> 

consequence  ^—  o      consequent  <2_,         conservative   o^X^          consider     I 

considered  ^       considerable-ly  J       consideration    \j     consistence     <_0 

P  I 

consistency  *£.     consistent    %,    constituency   L_.      contemplate    1—  x 

contemplation  \^-^>       continual   l^       continue  I  _  <.    continuous    I  __  ^ 
contracted   I  _         contrariety    l/i       contrary    K         convenience  v>—  o 
Conversation    ^>p       conclusive       V.  confinement  ...... 


convenient 


?, 


124 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXVII. 


Omission  of  Words  Implied. 


Candidate* 

explained 


clearly  ,c 
longer    (i 


process 


ss    ^v 


unvocalized 


distinctive 


expresson 


sion        \> 


,  I  ,    , 

illustrated  t\>  j.  development  ^1      at  first Ije  considered  Nq     verify  V/ 

judicious./*          chiefly 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


125 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXVIII. 


Phrasing  i.     First  Principles. 


Have  learnt  ^/  you  will  probably  <*»      \       phraseograms  "^ 

^•^-^  y 

I  am  inclined  to  think  so T>      I  shall  be  pleased     X 


Y 

I  thank  you .  ^7 

you  may  go  o, — ^  .which  compose  /Xo      any  one  °^  tnem  ( 

in  the  examples  TT\  fT^  .  .^  which  have  been  ^        there  are  some  r^ 
these  are  the  (L>/       which  must  be  ^~TV         to  be  found  .  V  .  .      chief  .y.  . 

in  the  next ,  grammatic  connection  — >        subordinate 

q->v  e *~~~}' 

surmised     r~^    phraseography  ^^T^.  emphasis       \Q    formation 

sense  Q^_£>  phrase*^    preceding    /fv  compose-d-ingXQN^x^iearly 


126 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND   INSTRUCTIONS    LXXIX. 
Little  Things  of  Great  Importance. 


Fold   V,    envelope     Vx  \instructor     L.  •   .        someone  <T>^     instance 
instructing  !••   .    ignorance  _ -^/°     needful 


stenographer.   .    .    .  doubtless      I  A    amanuensis'         "        manifold 

o",, 
mimeograph'     "^-^^   ^stencil 


distribute 


*^v^   typewriter 
is ' 

i 


T     ' 


f        V 


-S^ 


•;.. 


-  S 


t 


< 

/  / 

\ 


x  . . .   ' 


u  0 


- — 0 


t 


\ 


.SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


127 


REPORTING    LESSON   AND   INSTRUCTIONS   LXXX. 


Phrasing  2.     Grammatic  Connection. 


Grammatically  connected 

nominatives 

they  qualify  1;  very  good 


if  possible. 


adjectives  /•         adverbs 
If- 


loving  father 


would  receive 


of  course 


they  precede  ^_     in  N-.  Y.  .  .  ...  .  joined.."!  .  excellent  people 

sweet  music. fc.-  •  •  .     prepositions^^   conjunction  Vi2    auxiliary 

"-—£.  *  rf—^ 

in  the  preceding      ^P          as  a  .matter  of  fact  balance 

\^ 


J7 
—  D    /\.  -  •  •     •> 

N                       ^> 

-\   /  ^r  c>  .?         ^x 

/ 

\ 

So                                                                    ; 

I, 

-I                              S-T 

>>'\* 

•             .             "Vx 

t_*.      ^-    ;     -^.^^^      -^ 

^     x          —          c                    N       V_      yr 
^^                \ 

X" 

4, 

^?. 

C--  -~    N 

^    ,    ^^",      V           >     -            <^        ^ 

a 

r^ 

V        /        /        ^^  i^.. 

\ 

/    C/c 

1) 

^    G     ^      ^    -\               .   ^-^ 

/r   -•-•   v_...      v-x    .   i_  £j 

X 

5            —             ^          c/ 

\   yr             c     ° 

^~~*  / 

^  ^  -L;  ^ 

^  \^  >    1-   ;    "^v  ?    ~\  J   ~l  x    * 

*—  .                X            o  ^      ,       ' 

/ 

V) 


128 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXXI. 


Transcription  of  Notes. 

Stretches  J)  introduction  Li-j  stand ...  accurate  ;_._/*  accuracy.: 
manipulate'  ""V^machine  /\T)  deserves  \^'  shorthand  writer .  .  . 
trained  3-  acquired v>  acquisition  C — £•  stenographer  and  typist .  . 

discounted  J— ^  dictators  ' — j      at  the  rate  of ..  .  .  declare  a  dividend    «— . 

I  » 

i 

">-~- — -t    ".  .  . . 


l£ 


.X 


.     X 


'I        I 

-.  U 

/       ^ 


t  .  .  .  .  '  " 


\. 


A 


\  % 

^6   :.. 


1 


X 

'    X. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


129 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXXII. 


Phrasing  3.     Omission  of  Words. 


Absolutely  necessary  TP  so  that  the   ^       context  I  -^    omitted  '~^ 

in  respe.et  to     \    in  reference  to  with  respect  to  t^\  bondsman 

V.  _  S  N  ---  < 

in  connection  with    —  5     in  reference  to  your  letter       />•=>  extension 

^_p  (  o 

in  respect  to  this  matter     \  larger  and  broader  .  X.     .  .  .  mostl 

(a  —  x  \ 


.  _  . 

class  of  people  '     V     policy  of  the.  government 

' 

suc 

portions  of  the  coastal"0 


,  O' 
classes  of  people      V      such  a  state  of  things 


can  have  been 
sooner  or  later   ^-^ 
ought  to  have  been    \ 


^ 


may  have  been 

in  connection  with  the  work     li        larger  or  smaller  ,^v\  «i .  courtyard  c-** 
seems  to  have  been  <s~?v      should  have  been    /v         would  have  been 
in  connection  with  matters  of  importance 
country  of  the  world  -p>/x'  balance  sheet   \/3      best  of  my  ability    o^ 

>    Q^Q    ^-^  "->  ;      ^^  ^  .  -^ 


onward  ... 


^  .fc.  -V^" 


r      c  \     °    --^ 

<-H  c  *  -x v^  > 


'V    <...-..'... 


130 


THE    AMEPJCAX    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON   AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXXIII 


A  High  Rate  of  Speed  a  Necessity. 


secure 


L  n  . 

Greater  ^—^       demand /T?..  graduate  „'!      obtain 'Xj 

conceded  .P      salary'*^       attain  J*  highest   J)      hundred  ^"^  teport/\x 

x--~»«.  O        t    V  y^  1  s" — L~l 

method ';^  •  sacrifice        >o  achievement  ^    coveted     ,v_4  selects        I 

/~$\  ^-P'  Q  ^f 

illustrative  rs  r        hesitancy  <5^_.     construct     [•_    one  hundred  ^£_^ 

referring  ^r  dictionary  I — 'y/     standard  •*>      ri'mliiiK-nxnn  ^\/^ 

3  .:.  -/ 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND.  131 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXXIV. 


Phrasing  4.     Indications  of  Omitted  Words. 


Widely    K*      large  number.  /V  .  .  it  is  generally      L      day  by  day' 

2  _  -~->^  -j- 

week  by  week  i  _      year  by  year  ."TV.  .  year  after  year  .""N  x  ,    contract   L 

If  ^~^    '  vP 

<leeper  and  deeper  |  K^      month  after  mouth        "~~7       from  side  to  side    p 

I     .  .  v* 

from  day  to  day  II"      way  in  which  the  c/^"^     from  week  to  week  2  _    2 

day  after  day  |J-       house  to  house  CS^A  from  year  to  yearrO).  syllable  £ 
higher  and  higher  /  £?     lower  and  lower  f*    rr    )     more  and 


more 


V/T  O 


V 

4' 

-  /•'•  . 


r..'.->    .f  ;    <>,    o     / 


132 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXXV. 


Phrasing  5.     Abbreviation  of  Original  Forms. 


Desirable  J:    \    allowable 


joining 


alteration  .  .  .  .  altered  .... 


in  the  same  manner    ^ - 



"  / 

on  my  part this  would  be  ^e^\     they  would  be   \^^  Holy  Word  (S 

be  written\x~-^-^vhich  we  obtain  ^/^ \    on  the  part  of  ...  .  producing  °^ 

^~Y"  ^P 

in  like  manner    LX^____/    in  such  a  manner  as    ?7  0  -for  the  sake  of 

necessary 


c 


manner  continued 


,  ^  ,-V  .( 


v^> 


U 


-V 


> 


Crf.  ^  4    ^ 

^  4  e 


vT* 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND 


133 


REPORTING    LESSON  AND   INSTRUCTIONS   LXXXVI. 
United  States  Cotton  and  Wheat. 

n*~"  S* 

product  rsS      United  States   •*-—&    yield  <^?  two-thirds  > 

^Wy  .  '  o  ^^^~> 

Great  Britain       \   one  third  t^*i    export       x^ union  s^"-^  regions ..st 

v     "*cy 

wheat 

^^  ritoriesK-K 

\  »i  • 

Tennessee  Lj_^\       Georgia  /^         Missouri  , — »^  '  adapted 

).  '  f 

Kentucky  -7-,  >     Virginia   tL       Arkansas    i__^_p 

r  '-*-*s*  / 

transported  ( — ^>^.   winter  tsf_        large  part    »         consignment 


I  v 

produces'^       South  Carolina  Cc — '        North  Carolina 

Do  , 

successfully      vl^7    cultivated    A»*          cultivation  ^Vo      territories 


•^ 


total    J" 

k 


-—  s 

\s  

<^  "X^jO       o 

i—  j-        V 

N|            XS          *           ^  ( 

^r  / 

<•    •    •_.'_••          *       (.• 

L 

s 

s~  >. 

i 

^         ^\.  \/                 * 

/        >' 

^^^ 

\S°             0 

o           '^           v 

^.   £  o 

.    .     .         VJ^     N 

' 

\            Vj^ 

•1     N      ^ 

^                  X^ 

r-i-    <      • 

-^     °v 

'•^"S>       > 

,       V     ^ 

/               .... 

•  >--</•• 

^        /-         - 

^       1     X 

>xr,  ^  £*  / 

>      °-X    x    '. 

x  n~ 

\         ^^ 

/V  /^v^ 

-    / 

•o             1  -n    0    x 

h.-  -^ 

•     /TV"   ^y 

j     / 

.        b     x/^ 

—°    ^ 

•At  ••  ^^ 

s              D        ^ 

>^      .   *    .         *   .-v-'         /      s\ 

(• 

c 

r^ 

^                                           \ 

-  •  ^  v 

^.^"t 

^"X 

x. 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXXV1I. 


Phrasing  6.     Altered  Forms. 


Frequency  <r"V—  :,    authorized 

^-  i 

it  has  been  suggested  <Ny> 


thoroughly  committed  LX         als< 
prime  minister 


/> 


>         overlook 

<  ;t 

that  the  present  s.tate  of  affairs     NLP        for  the  sake  of  their 


r  fact  c)  ---  <-   it  is  well  known  f      ' 


that  there  is  another  fact  c  ---  <-   it  is  well  known  f      '        admitted  r-^. 
must  be  considered        ^a      we  may  weUt/"""        secretary  of  state  i-s 
ought  to  be  considered    \         and  it  may  as  well    \r-rf    arrive    A 
you  must  recollect  that  ^  —  £  ^there  is  no  subject  ^--^  *o  far      J 

another  subject^-  -  ^    in  point  of  fact  no  stone  •>~T-P    mildly 

no  Wf^S       yes  sir    ^     and  if  you  can  inform  me 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXXVIII. 


Application  for  Stenographer. 


I 

Punctuality^*!*  /r  New  York  Business  College  v — s — department  ,*>*~* 

grammar.  v'/T^  strictly  \J    president       ;f*.     energetic ^-/.    L  outcome.  I. . 


^> 
L 


:   I 


v 

£ 

% 
t 


(^.v 

I  /     '         v        >v^^>  1 

>^-^^    T  <rv^~7>      ^^          •  •    •     T 

\ 


-A; 


136 


THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    LXXX1X. 


Phrasing  7.     Abbreviations. 


Lay  down  fj       guidance 

of  contractions  )  for  their  I 

•j    ^  --- 

Y 

~^ 


at  the  same  time 
may  there 


from  hi 


••V  '  --  >v^ 

halving  .  .  .  •.  employ      \ 
from  it  ^     to  his    NO  for  his    Vo 

I  r\ 

if  their  V.       for  there  \.         for  it  ^_ 


so 


their    j     have  there  y^  love  their  f\^  doubling  N,, 


" 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


137 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XC. 


United  States  Maize. 

Indian^     cornT—       grain  ,-—-,    indigenous  .J^    thrives^    spirits 
climate  C~V"^    wanner  ?\.  .  .  central  ^~~^    Iowa  ._.' .   .Kansas'^     ^ 
Illinois  "C_^      Indiana^  staple   >      breadstuffs   \>      fattening    £-, 

live  stock    v  |  ~'  consumed   ff    alcoliolic  (—^        bushels^^    starch    '< 

O 

glucose*'  --,-  tncrop      ^  barley  ^^ .    1,500,000,000  /«$ ^cereals     . 


138 


THE   AMERICAN   ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    XCI. 


Phrasing  8.     Sentence  Phrases. 


Which  we  do  not  feel 
commercial  correspondence 
that  it  has  been  the 


higher  <? 


in  the  manuals 

we  would  only  t^      /      invent 
I  am  in  receipt  of  your  letter 

where  do  you  reside    c--^'l  do  you  swear  to  that  <3i  early  reply     * 

remember  that  you  are  upon  your  oath     _jK      can  you  tell  the  jury 


5> 


3  .;. 


} 

^,4^<{. 


) 


v^  ^ 


•N 


»  V 


\      .-s..    V    ^L,     ^      "">>      «**-£>      "^-r     ^^      ^ 

"^~     "          ^"      ^-^: 

L^     ^_        (^      V       -<f  x   rH^  ,  ^ 

j  V        *  >       ~  ?  ' 

V      ^      ^      ,       %    .^_     \       ~S       \  -C    X    *-       ^«- 

->   -~,s  /A  3  ^  /x  t    7'    "-X;  l  X4 
L,  fc  ..)...   s  x  "7^  ^-  t-  ^ •  x  4 

c  «2i'./,'./r~jr  N|  x  i  ^v  .x>-.^7^~^v  </ 

x'.'^rr.  -  \x- 


( 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


139 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XCII. 


The  Use  of  Intersections. 


Intersections 


impresses 


indelibly       l^\    extended         jT 


you  will  be  pleased    ^\         that  the  principle     *\      including   v_^_ 

about  V    omiss; 


we  beg  to  call  your  attention 

early  attention  """VT  scientific  investigation"7\crP  medical  science 

memory ^^v^-^Xthat  the  practice    ^       scientific  reportn 

technical  reporting --j<\^^,    sermon  reporting  <f2*j^\s**~'  intersect 


x    o 


c 

K- 


°.  !(_ 


/ 


^   A.- 


s 

o 


\ 

(. 


~^      o      *•>      N 

.  x  ^rf . 


I- 


I  X 


•* 

X. 


140 


THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS    XCIII. 
United  States  Tobacco. 


tobacco!  western  «X"      hemisphere"      '1      colonial ^hops^^> 

Pennsylvania  V^  industries  ^j~  country  -^  hay    ?.      potatoes    < 
sugar--/      cane  — -,    grape'^X  in  other  ^\    there  are  other 
one  of  our  </         in  our  own  in  other  parts  of  the_  world 

in  all  parts^'X'    deliver  immediately    \^^T  by  his  request  .T 


•s  ^r  .^.  L 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


141 


REPORTING    LESSON   AND   INSTRUCTIONS   XCIV. 


Distinction  of  Similar  Words. 


imilar  <5^v-      ' '_ iiT which  it  is  necessary      ^-O^dress    t>.     attempt, -L^ 

•  n'    .  ^^^V  .^ 

exactly       (       part  of  speech          ">Jjnsertion  ^1S>^' 

not     *-~^        pave  ^°      adapt   /         adopt   /        advocate,  (r- 

tract    in      obstruct /Sn       defect    G— '    appraise'^o    test     0. 
jtraise      x>    effect^-^-,  lady  '    /.    lad  ' 

'I 


attest  [)    enemy 


Similar 
of.  clashing 
that  it  may  not 
tempt  U^       abs 


snow  <£ — '  which  is  so    o/ 


142 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XCV. 


Words  Distinguished  by  Inserting  a  Vowel. 


Accept,  except:  abstract,  obstruct;  achromatic,  chromatic;  acorn, 
corn ;  adamant,  demand ;  adapt,  adopt ;  address,  dress ;  administra- 
tion, demonstration ;  advance,  defence ;  adventures,  defenders ;  advo- 
cate, defect ;  affluent,  fluent ;  afore,  fore ;  aliment,  element ;  anomaly, 
animal;  annual,  only;  anterior,  interior;  apathetic,  pathetic;  appur- 
tenant, pertinent;  apologue,  epilogue;  apportion,  portion;  apposite, 
opposite;  appraise,  praise;  approbation,  probation;  approximate,  prox- 
imate; army,  arm;  aspiration,  aspiration;  attempt,  tempt;  avocation, 
vocation;  else,  less;  effect,  fact;  endi<ed,  endo^«ed;  enemy,  name; 
exorcise,  exercise ;  extricate,  extract ;  failing,  feeling ;  farrier,  furrier ; 
immigration,  emigration ;  incawtious,  noxious ;  induction,  induction ; 
inefficacious,  infectious;  innovation,  invasion;  lady,  lad;  Kar,  lawyer; 
lost,  last ;  Man'a,  Mary ;  monarchy,  monarch ;  monkey,  monk ;  note, 
nature ;  obsolete,  absolute ;  pocket,  packet ;  predict,  predicate ;  sno?/?, 
sun;  sulphite,  sulphate;  test,  attest;  vestwre,  visitor;  voluble,  valu- 
able, available ;  voracity,  veracity. 


1  -  U p    U-. — o    ' 


V 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XCV!. 


Business  Correspondence. 


Castings  exact  superintendent  ^--^    in  the  next  place  ^     ~~>?so 

N  -^  <\ 

medium  .— N^-V,  -unsound  ^-L&^    airholes   •y°     or  not  ....  surprised.  .  .  . 

on  Monday  evening          I*.—'  instanter  endeavor  ^|    examine       **~~* 

foreman 

V-^  =fa=^ 

^    -'..;.    ).',. 
f 


^; 


V-'- 


'     N 


L 

'V 


T 


o- 

>  t 


)     \, 

"j  "n 


/      -     V-V- ^     X 


144 


THE    AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XCVII. 


United  States  Animals  and  their  Products. 

Tillage  V'l       cattle        \      beef  .  >^.  .  wool.  fT.  .  sk'ins  o  —  0   derived    v$ 

<  '  r*\  ^ 

plateau  \     mountains  ^-^  bordering  ^—^      treeless  .  \/^>.  grassy  '      } 
plains  ^>    ('grazing  cT*—  '    pasturage      j3//    scale     /        centers   f^-^S> 


driven  (^  —  '  Kansas  City  |"^       Chicago 

<T  v      ' 

>  1  \ 

points  dressed  0       become  >       commodity 


lard  '•    -  herds 

-^ 
cannot  answer 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND. 


145 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND  INSTRUCTIONS   XCVIH. 


Legibility  in  Phrasing. 


Requisite/ j  lineality  f'             quickly  c  _  -f '  unmistakable 

/^  I      A  \ 

retards  X- 1        discarded  <J — '      positively  ^>  instantaneously 

considering    (, ^      renders  X^       absolutely  o*     mistakable 


'       \ 


\ 


.) 


146 


THE   AMERICAN    ISAAC    PITMAN 


REPORTING    LESSON    AND    INSTRUCTIONS   XCIX. 


Phrases  that  are  Easily  Joined. 


Mania ^>— '  awkward  studied  [-/•       greatest  ?~r]     common  v^—"' 

1  V  v^ p  ,, ^_^  ^^       . 

sometimes  <s-~ — 5    instead  of_  monumental          ^>     inward 

/  A  <-V  /-       -^         Q  f-rf*  ^ 

LLs  x  •?• 


•  : 


/ 


_/  * 

"I 


c-O 

O 


-I- 

•/        ^ 

.   . 

i- 


v°  ^ 

^  vf  _—  __   • 

"1-/ 

• 

^->/ 


vA. 


X 

•  X. 


SIMPLIFIED    PHONETIC    SHORTHAND 


147 


REPORTING    LESSON   AND   INSTRUCTIONS   C. 


Lineality  in  Phrases. 

,  c D 

eighty-three  "k       clause '.  .  .   connected 


corner  ....     left 
J'   rarely/*" 


"   plan 
limit 


Eighty-one 

running  /s       diagonal!} 

right  hand  v.  .  .  .descend^       ten  J'   rarely/*'          confine."  .copy* 

formed^-x         misgovernment          ^-    indifferent  ..{••     generalship 


POINTERS    FOR   STUDENTS   OF    SHORTHAND. 


Things  To  Be  Done  and  Not  To  Be  Done. 


The  stenographer  is  a  necessity ;  he  has  come  to  stay. 

The  demand  for  competent  stenographers  exceeds  the  supply. 

All  private  correspondence  is  entrusted  to  the  stenographer. 

His  services  are  indispensable,  and  he  secures  rapid  promotion. 

A  girl  of  eighteen  often  earns  more  than  her  father. 

The  work  is  pleasant,  and  the  surroundings  are  always  the-  best. 

It  opens  wide  fields  for  the  exercise  of  natural  talent. 

It  sometimes  leads  to  the  management  of  the  entire  business. 

No  other  field  is  more  inviting  or  as  profitable. 

All  important  courts  now  have  their  regular  stenographers. 

Through  shorthand  a  student  has  an  easy  road  to  a  knowledge  of  law. 

It  enables  attorneys  to  take  important  notes  that  win  a  case. 

Splendid  opportunities  await  those  who  make  themselves  proficient. 

Stick  to  shorthand  until  you  can  do  good  work  rapidly. 

The  study  affords  a  mental  exercise  equal  to  mathematics. 

It  develops  the  intellect  and  increases  desire  for  other  knowledge. 

SIMPLIFIED  PHONETIC  SHORTHAND  is  the  best  instructor  published. 

It  greatly  lightens  the  student's  work  and  shortens  his  term. 

It  creates  enthusiasm  in  the  pupil,  and  quickly  increases  his  speed. 

It  makes  more  efficient  amanuenses  in  much  less  time. 

It  equips  students  for  professional  reporting  very  rapidly. 

All  writers  of  the  Isaac  Pitman  system  can  read  each  other's  writing. 

Final  success  depends  very  largely  upon  the  choice  of  a  school. 

Avoid  schools  that  do  not  give  thorough  individual  instruction. 

Cheap  schools  always  mean  cheap  teachers  and  final  failure. 

Private  tuition  is  either  too  expensive  or  the  teacher  is  incompetent. 

A  good  school  will  give  five  hours'  dictation,  five  days  each  week 

The  speed  classes  should  be  graded  from  thirty  words  upwards. 

No  student  should  be  given  dictation  at  a  rate  beyond  his  speed. 

Commence  the  study  when  young;  youth  is  no  barrier  to  success. 

Choose  a  good,  large  school  where  the  Isaac  Pitman  system  is  taught. 

Be  sure  the  school  has  found  good  positions  for  hundreds  of  students. 

THE  NEW  YORK  BUSINESS  COLLEGE,  125th  Street,  New  York,  affords  all 
these  advantages ;  it  is,  in  fact,  the  best  school  of  Isaac  Pitman's  short- 
hand. 


Points  about  Spelling. 


There  are  in  the  English  language  between  three  and  four  thousand 
words  with  which  every  one  who  proposes  to  master  shorthand  should 
be  perfectly  familiar.  They  are  the  common  words  of  the  language. 
While  they  do  not  include  the  entire  vocabulary  of  business,  they  do 
comprise  so  much  of  it  that  when  once  thoroughly  learned  the  student 
may  be  satisfied  that  no  difficulty  will  be  experienced  with  commercial 
correspondence  on  account  of  new  words. 

A  bad  speller  may  have  the  honor  of  being  compared  to  a  poet;  he  is 
born,  not  made.  However,  the  subject  is  an  essential  and  important 
one,  and  is  worth  a  little  intelligent  study.  Where  bad  spelling  pro- 
ceeds from  defective  education,  as  it  generally  does,  no  better  plan  than 
that  of  reading  a  great  deal,  and  of  noticing  words  carefully  while 
reading,  can  be  suggested.  In  this  way  you  will  learn  to  spell  by  sight. 
To  attempt  to  remedy  the  evil  by  mere  memory  exercises  and  parrot 
repetition  is  of  little,  if  any,  use.  Get  a  friend  to  read  to  you  while 
you  write,  then  correct  your  work  carefully.  These  corrections  should 
always  be  made.  A  hard  word,  or  one  imperfectly  understood,  should 
never  be  overlooked.  By  this  method,  which  calls  for  little  expenditure 
of  time,  the  correct  spelling  and  true  meaning  of  words  will  be  acquired 
more  surely,  and,  indeed,  more  rapidly  than  by  committing  to  memory 
long  columns  of  names  without  thought  connection. 

The  difficulty  of  spelling — a  difficulty  which  is  felt  even  by  able  and 
well-educated  persons — arises  from  the  fact  that  the  English  language 
has  never  been  in  the  possession  of  one  fixed  and  uniform  manner  of 
writing  down  the  sounds  of  which  it  is  composed.  Every  Saxon  scribe 
wrote  pretty  much  as  he  pleased — wrote  as  he  pronounced;  and  a  North 
of  England  scribe  pronounced  his  words  very  differently  from  a  scribe 
in  Surrey  or  in  Kent.  "Wold"  in  the  North  was  written  "weald"  in 
the  South.  In  early  times,  English  was  not  one  language,  but  a  com- 
posite of  several  dialects.  Eveti  as  late  as  the  Fourteenth  Century 
there  were  in  the  language  three  well-marked  dialects.  Each  dialect 
had  its  own  pronunciation,  and,  therefore,  each  fcribe  had  his  own  way 
of  writing  down  the  different  words.  This  state  of  things  continued 
down  to  the  introduction  of  the  printing  press  in  1474. 

What  is  the  result?  The  result  is  that  the  learner  can  draw- up  no 
rules,  can  make  no  classifications,  can  form  no  habits.  If  he  forms  any 


mental  habits  at  all,  they  are  bad  habits.  He  must  imitate  the  irreg~ 
ularities  of  his  ill-spelt  language  if  he  is  to  be  regarded  as  spelling 
"correctly."  He  must  learn,  indeed,  the  bad  habits  of  numerous  Saxon 
and  Norman  scribes  who  have  unwittingly  laid  on  the  shoulders  of  Bub- 
sequent  generations  of  English  writers  a  burden  not  easily  borne. 

What  is  the  cure  for  all  this  irregularity,  malformation,  and  instability 
in  our  printed  symbols  ?  There  is,  for  the  present  at  least,  no  cure  ex- 
cept that  which  is  to  be  found  in  hard  work  and  accurate  observation. 

A  word  is  like  a  person.  It  may  be  known,  but  to  be  remembered  it 
should  be  known  thoroughly.  Its  form  and  features,  its  constituent 
letters  and  syllables  should  not  only  be  definitely  impressed  on  the 
mind,  but  its  character,  the  meaning  of  the  word  and  the  idea  con- 
veyed by  its  sound  should  also  be  clearly  apprehended.  To  receive  the 
printed  forms  of  words  with  complete  accuracy  into  the  brain,  there 
must  be 

(i)  Isolation,  that  is,  the  complete  separation  of  the  word  from  every 
other  word  to  which  it  is  related. 

(ii)  Comparison  of  contrasted  forms.  For  example,  the  two  forms  of 
ei  and  ie  may  be  contrasted  as  in 


Again,  two  different  ways  of  writing  (or  printing)  the  words  may  be 


(iii)  Reproduction  is  the  third  step. 

That  is  to  say,  the  learner  should  enter  in  a  writing-book  all  the  words 
in  which  he  has  made  mistakes,  and  should,  from  time  to  time,  rewrite 
these  words  so  as  to  accustom  himself  to  the  look  of  them.  For,  until 
we  have  a  self-consistent  and  scientific  mode  of  spelling,  it  is  only  by  the 
EYE,  and  not  by  the  reason,  that  we  can  tell  whether  a  word  has  been 
rightly  spelt.  "There  is  now,"  says  the  Professor  of  Anglo-Saxon  in 
the  University  of  Cambridge,  "only  one  rule — a  rule  which  is  often 
carefully  but  foolishly  concealed  from  learners — namely,  to  go  entirely 
by  the  LOOK  of  a  word,  and  to  spell  it  as  we  have  seen  it  spelt  in  books." 

It  follows  from  this  that  learning  to  spell  is  only  a  training  of  the 


eye;  and,  to  train  the  eye,  perpetual  reproduction  of  words  is  necessary. 
This  reproduction  may  be  in  two  ways:  (i)  by  copying ;  (ii)  by  dictation. 
The  former  requires  the  very  smallest  effort  of  attention;  and  it  is  quite 
possible  for  a  learner  to  copy  correctly,  and  yet  to  spell  wrongly  when 
he  comes  to  write  something  of  his  own  composition.  But,  when  the 
learner  has  to  write  from  dictation,  his  powers  of  memory  and  of  accurate 
reproduction  are  called  upon,  and  the  effort  of  attention  is  very  much 
more  vigorous. 

For  those  who  are  backward  in  spelling,  we  have  prepared  a  list  of 
those  three  or  four  thousand  words  to  which  reference  is  made  above. 
This  list  is  given  in  the  following  pages  in  such  a  manner  as  to  enable 
the  student  to  practice  it,  both  with  a  view  of  impressing  the  spelling, 
and  with  a  view  of  giving  a  more  practical  knowledge  of  the  form  and 
meaning  of  words  generally. 

Most  of  these  words  are  difficult  only  because  of  their  simplicity. 
Many  of  them  are  one  syllable  words,  and  are  written  in  shorthand  with 
a  single  stroke,  or  with  a  very  brief  combination  of  strokes.  If  one  of 
these  lessons  is  thoroughly  mastered  daily,  and  written,  both  in  longhand 
and  shorthand,  in  accordance  with  instructions,  it  will  surely  increase 
the  student's  vocabulary,  improve  the  accuracy  of  spelling,  and  give 
great  aid  in  learning  definitely  the  use  of  position  to  indicate  the  vowel 
sounds.  Quite  a  few  exercises  are  also  given  in  synonyms — that  is, 
words  having  similar  meaning  ;  and  homonyms — that  is,  words  having  the 
same  sound,  but  different  in  meaning. 

Words  similar  in  sound,  but  different  in  meaning,  give  the  stenog- 
rapher mosc  trouble.  These  are  not  infrequently  misused;  that  is,  one 
written  for  another.  For  instance,  right  means  straight,  according  with 
truth  and  duty,  etc. ;  rite  means  a  religious  ceremony  ;  wrigJit  means  a 
workman,  and  write  to  record  for  reading — but  the  same  sound  ex- 
presses all  these  different  ideas.  There  is  a  long  list  (more  than  six 
hundred)  of  these  words  in  our  language,  and  they  should  be  learned  so 
that  the  stenographer  will  be  entirely  familiar  with  them,  and  be  able  to 
tell  from  the  context  for  which  of  them  the  sound  or  outline  was  written. 

In  correcting  the  work  note  errors  carefully,  and  write  out  words 
which  cause  trouble  ten  or  fifteen  times.  This  is  the  best  way  to  impress 
the  correct  meaning  and  form  of  the  word  upon  the  memory. 


GENERAL    INSTRUCTIONS    FOR   ALL   THE   SPELLING    AND 
WRITING    LESSONS. 


Learn  to  Spell  every  word  given  by  writing  it;  place  the  shorthand 
characters  which  represent  it  immediately  after  the  written  word,  ob- 
serving its  proper  position  above,  on  or  through  the  line;  then  state 
briefly  the  meaning  of  the  word.  If  you  do  not  know  the  meaning  of 
any  word,  learn  it  from  a  dictionary. 

The  figure  1  indicates  that  the  first  letter  in  the  shorthand  outline 
must  be  written  above  the  line ;  the  figure  2  that  it  rests  on  the  line, 
and  figure  3  that  it  is  written  through  the  line. 

After  memorizing  the  spelling,  meaning  and  shorthand  characters  for 
all  the  words,  write  each  word  in  shorthand  only,  and  test  yourself  as 
to  whether  you  know  the  word  by  sight,  can  spell  it  and  give  its  mean- 
ing. Finally,  make  for  the  teacher  a  neat  copy  of  the  words  in  long- 
hand with  the  shorthand  outline  and  definition  after  them,  in  ink,  on 
ruled  paper,  leaving  each  alternate  line  for  corrections. 

Word  Studies. — As  a  valuable  intellectual  discipline,  we  have  ar- 
ranged a  series  of  exercises  for  the  study  of  synonyms  and  homonyms. 
The  study  of  these  leads  the  student,  almost  unconsciously,  into  the 
habit  of  weighing  words,  and  making  nice,  yet  sound,  distinctions. 
These  words  should  also  be  written  in  longhand,  unless  exempted  by 
the  teacher. 

Commercial  Terms,  phrases  and  abbreviations  are  given  in  each  Les- 
Bon,  and  are  briefly  defined.  The  definitions  should  be  committed  to 
memory  by  writing  them.  When  the  Lessons  are  completed,  the  stu- 
dent will  know  the  meaning  of  all  the  terms,  phrases  and  abbreviations 
common  to  every  branch  of  mercantile  business. 

Letter  Writing,  Punctuation,  etc. — In  later  Lessons,  exercises  are 
given  in  composition  and  letter  writing,  showing  the  correct  structure 
of  sentences,  capitalization,  punctuation,  as  well  as  all  kinds  of  business 
correspondence. 

Typewriting. — To  the  amanuensis,  typewriting  is  next  in  importance 
to  shorthand,  and  should,  if  possible,  be  studied  in  the  same  course. 
Each  Lesson  contains  sufficient  useful  words  to  fill  a  page,  by  necessary 
repetition.  Copy  accurately  as  many  pages  as  the  time  allotted  to  the 
practice  will  permit. 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    I. 


Each  of  the  following-  words  is  represented  by  only  one  shorthand 
consonant  (the  one  which  is  sounded),  and  is  written  above,  on  or 
through  the  line,  as  indicated  by  the  figures. 

1. — Paw,  pie,  abbe,  abbey,  boy,  buoy,  taw,  tie,  iota,  die,  dye,  add, 
odd,  joy,  jaw,  coy,  guy,  faugh,  fie,  vie,  via,  ivy,  thaw,  thigh,  sigh,  ice, 
ash,  ashy,  shah,  pshaw,  shy,  am,  maw,  gnaw,  nigh,  awn,  annoy,  law,  lie, 
lye,  ally,  alley,  alloy,  aisle,  isle,  oil,  oily,  raw,  rye,  yaw. — 50. 

2. — Pay,  ape,  ope,  payee,  bay,  bow,  beau,  obey,  ebb,  ate,  eight,  eight}', 
toe,  oat,  aid,  ode,  owed,  dough,  eddy,  etch,  age,  jay,  ache,  oak,  echo, 
key,  eoo,  cow,  cue,  eke,  gay,  egg,  ague,  fay,  foe,  ova,  oath,  say,  knew, 
gnu,  new,  nay,  neigh,  inn,  e'en,  anew,  lay,  low,  ell,  ail,  ale,  allay,  ray, 
row,  roe,  sew,  sow,  weigh,  woe,  yea. — 60. 

3. — Pea,  pew,  pooh,  bee,  bow,  bough,  eat,  tea,  ado,  itchy,  chew,  Jew, 
fee,  view,  vow,  avow,  eve,  sou,  sow,  sue,  ease,  easy,  ooze,  shoe,  issue, 
lea,  lee,  ill,  eel,  allow,  rue,  row,  woo,  wee,  ewe. — 35. 

Homonyms. — Choose   the  right  word. — Abbe,    abbey — Sir    "Walter 

Scott  calls  an a  monastery.     Die,  dye — ....  the  plume  black ;  the 

....   is  cast.      Bow,  bouyh — The    bends  under  its  load  of  ripe 

fruit.     Ode,  owed — He much  and  therefore  sold  the Sew, 

soic — They  ....  the  seed ;  she  will  ....  the  garment.  Nay,  neigh — 
Their  answer  was  an  emphatic New,  knew,  gnu — I  ....  the  hunts- 
man who  killed  the Lie,  lye — What  President  would  not  tell  a 

?     Aisle,  i^le — The of  the  new  church  is  very  wide.     Ail, 

ale — That  malt  liquor  we  saw  is  known  as  ....  Row,  roe — He  will 
to  where  the  young drinks. 

Commercial  Term. — 4 1. — Lloyd's,  in  classifying  boats  on  their  regis- 
ter, use  this  mark  to  denote  ships  of  the  highest  class.  The  term  is 
also  often  applied  to  anything  that  is  of  the  very  best  kind  or  quality. 

Typewriting  Lesson  I. — Your  first  lesson  should  be  to  memorize  thor- 
oughly the  location  of  the  keys.  Make  a  diagram  of  the  key-board  from 
memory.  Before  attempting  to  write,  learn  how  to  put  in  and  take  out 
tbe  paper  readily,  and  how  to  return  the  carriage.  A  knowledge  of  the 
mechanical  construction  of  the  machine  is  of  great  importance.  Learn 
something  more  each  Lesson. 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    II. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  only  two  shorthand 
consonants  (the  two  which  are  sounded),  the  first  of  which  is  written 
above,  on  or  through  the  line,  as  indicated  by  the  figures. 

1. — Pap,  papa,  poppy,  pop,  pipe,  piety,  pad,  pod,  pied,  patch,  pack, 
pike,  pica,  path,  apathy,  posse,  pious,  pashaw,  palm,  piny,  piano,  pall, 
appall,  pile,  parry. — 25. 

2. — Pope,  puppy,  petty,  putty,  poet,  opiate,  paid,  pay-day,  poach, 
peck,  poke,  puck,  epic,  epoch,  opaque,  peg,  pug,  poesy,  apish,  uppish, 
poem,  opium,  penny,  pony,  pale,  pail,  poll,  pole,  opal,  perry. — 30, 

3. — Pip,  poop,  peep,  peaty,  pity,  pitch,  pitchy,  peach,  pouch,  pick, 
peak,  peek,  pique,  pig,  pith,  pithy,  pussy,  push,  peony,  puny,  appeal, 
pure. — 22. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Pail,  pale — "  They  are  not 

of  complexion  red  or " — RANDOLPH.       "  The  night,  methinks,  is 

but  the  daylight  sick,  only  it  looks  more " — SHAKESPEARE.     "  No 

cheek  warned  me  of  decay." — WHITTIER.     Pole,  poll — "And  .... 

for  points  of  faith  his  trusty  vote."    "  The  muster  file  amounts  to  fifteen 

thousand "     "  All  flaxen  was  his " — SHAKESPEARE.      "  And 

spread   the   truth   from    to    " — ADDISON.      Peak,  peek, 

pique — "You  sneak  and as  if  you  would  steal  linen." — BEAUMONT 

and  FLETCHER.     "  In  the  original,  it  appears  as  if  some  share  in  the 

success  was  owing  to  female " — OBSERVER.      "  Though  he  have 

the ,  and  long,  'tis  still  for  something  in  the  wrong." — HDDIBRAS. 

"Add  long  prescription  of  established  laws,  and of  honor  to 

maintain  a  cause." — DRYDEN. 

Commercial  Term. — Abandonment. — In  marine  insurance,  the  leav- 
ing of  a  ship  as  dangerous  or  unseaworthy;  also,  relinquishing  to  the 
underwriters  insured  property  saved  from  shipwreck. 

Typewriting  Lesson  II. — Use  the  fingers  of  both  hands,  according 
to  the  division  of  the  keyboard,  and  as  indicated  by  the  figures  above 
the  words.  Typewrite  four  lines  of  each  word,  which  will  fill  a  page. 
The  first  word  on  each  line  should  commence  with  a  capital  letter. 

1122         1121        1121        1132        1122        1131        1122        1122 
Them         then         they         thou         this         that         thud         thus 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    III. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  only  two  shorthand 
consonants  (the  two  which  are  sounded),  the  first  of  which  is  written 
above,  on  or  through  the  line,  as  indicated  by  the  figures. 

Learn  each  outline  thoroughly,  for  it  is  always  expressed  by  the  same 
form  in  actual  reporting. 

1. — Bob,  bat,  bought,  bite,  body,  batch,  botch,  botchy,  badge,  back, 
aback,  balk,  bag,  bog,  boggy,  abash,  boyish,  balm,  balmy,  bang,  ball, 
bawl,  bile,  by-law,  boil,  barrow,  borrow. — 27. 

2. — Babe,  bet,  abet,  bait,  bate,  abate,  boat,  budge,  bake,  beck,  beg, 
bug,  buggy,  both,  bathe,  bung,  being,  bomb,  bell,  belle,  bail,  bale, 
bellow,  below,  berry,  bury,  borough,  burrow,  burro,  bureau. — 30, 

3, — Booby,  beet,  beat,  boot,  booty,  beauty,  bedew,  beach,  beak,  book, 
bouquet,  big,  booth,  busy,  bush,  bushy,  beam,  boom,  bill,  billow,  bull, 
bully,  bowery. — 23. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. —  Bail,  bale — " up  these 

goods.'7 — GOLDSMITH.      "  The must    be    real,    substantial    bonds- 
men."— BLACKSTONE,     "None   there  was  to  rescue  her;  none  to 

her." — SPENCER,     "  Excessive shall  not  be  required." — U.  S.  CON- 
STITUTION'.     Sate,  bait — "  To is  to  allure,  to  entice." — FAIRFAX. 

"  A  crooked  pin  for  a  hook,  a  vile  worm  for  a " — IRVING.     "  He 

must  either the  laborer's  wages  or  not   employ   him." — LOCKE. 

Hell,  belle — "  Say  what  strange  motive,  Goddess,  could  compel  a  well- 
bred  lord  to  assault  a  gentle ?  " — POPE.     "  In  a  single  fight  he 

lost  the   " — FAIRFAX.      "  To   bear  away  the ,  to  win  the 

prize." — FULLER.      Berry,    bury — "I'll thee   in   a   triumphant 

grave." — SHAKESPEARE.     "  Lord,  suffer  me  to my  father." — BIBLE. 

"  Give  me  a  bowl  of  wine ;  in  this  I all  unkindness." — SHAKESPEARE. 

Commercial  Term. — Above  par. — "When  the  price  of  stocks,  shares 
and  other  securities  is  higher  than  that  originally  paid  for  them,  they 
are  said  to  be  above  par,  or  at  a  premium, 

Typewriting  Lesson  III. — Use  the  fingers  of  both  hands  as  marked. 
Four  lines  of  each  will  fill  a  page. 

1121       1121       1221       1231       1211       1211       1211       2211 
Thin        thug        been        bray       high       nigh        tint        sigh 


SPELLING  EXERCISES  AND  SHORTHAND  PRACTICE. 
LESSON  IV. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  only  two  shorthand 
consonants  (the  two  which  are  sounded),  the  first  of  which  is  written 
above,  on  or  through  the  line,  as  indicated  by  the  figures.  The  words 
printed  in  italics  are  to  be  vocalized. 

No  word  is  introduced  until  the  student  has  been  fully  directed  how 
to  write  the  proper  outline.  The  pupil  who  masters  each  Lesson  before 
commencing  a  new  on«  will,  upon  completing  the  course,  be  a  compe- 
tent amanuensis. 

1. — Tap,  top,  atop,  type,  tapis,  tab,  tide,  tidy,  toddy,  attach,  tack, 
attack,  talk,  attic,  tag,  taffy,  eye-tooth,  tithe,  atom,  autumn,  time,  item, 
tawny,  tiny,  tall,  tile,  toil,  tally,  tallow,  tarry,  tyro. — 31. 

2. —  Tape,  tub,  toad,  toady,  touch,  touchy,  take,  tuck,  tug,  toga, 
eighth,  eightieth,  tame,  tome,  tail,  tale,  toll,  tory. — 18. 

3. — Tip,  tube,  tattoo,  outdo,  teach,  tick,  took,  outgo,  teeth,  tooth, 
team,  teem,  tomb,  tool,  outlaw,  outlay. — 1C. 

Synonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Bishop  Trench  says:  "  Syno- 
nyms are  of  like  significance  in  the  main,  but  with  a  certain  unlikeness 
as  well."  Bring,  motion  toward  the  speaker;  fetch,  go  and  bring. 

"  And  as  she  was  going  to it,  he  called  to  her  and  said, 

me,  I  pray  thee,  a  morsel  of  bread." — BIBLE.  Haste  denotes  quickness 
of  action ;  hurry  is  a  confused  or  rash  haste  ;  speed  denotes  the  actual 
progress  made ;  dispatch  signifies  the  promptitude  and  rapidity  with 
which  things  are  done.  "  O  Lord  God  of  my  master  Abraham,  I  pray 

thee  send  me  good to-day." — BIBLE.     "Ambition  raises  a  tumult 

in  the  soul,  and  puts  it  into  a  violent of  thought." — ADDISON. 

"  The  king's  business  required " — BIBLE.     "  I  said  in  my 

all  men  are  liars." — BIBLE. 

Commercial  Term. — Abrasion  of  Coin. — The  loss  in  weight  which 
money  undergoes  by  circulation. 

Typewriting  Lesson  IV — Use  the  fingers  of  both  hands  as  marked. 
Four  lines  of  each  will  fill  a  page. 

2211       3211       1231       1212       1212       1231        1232        1221 

City        pity        heat       bind       boys        bean       beam        grin 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    V. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  the  two  shorthand 
consonants  which  are  sounded,  the  first  of  which  is  written  above,  on 
or  through  the  line,  as  indicated  by  the  figures.  The  words  printed  in 
italics  are  to  be  vocalized. 

When  you  can  spell,  define  and  write  the  words  correctly  in  short- 
hand, get  some  one  to  read  them  to  you  while  you  write.  Do  this  with 
each  Lesson. 

1. — Dab,  daub,  dot,  diet,  audit,  oddity,  dodge,  adage,  dock,  dike, 
decoy,  dog,  defy,  dime,  demy,  doll,  dally,  doily,  oddly. — 19. 

2. — Depot,  dub,  debut,  debt,  date,  Deity,  duet,  Dutch,  duchy,  deck, 
decay,  duck,  dug,  edify,  death,  doth,  daisy,  dame,  dumb,  dome,  demi, 
dummy,  odium,  delay,  dell,  dale,  dole,  daily,  dahlia,  dull,  dairy. — 31. 

3. — Dip,  deep,  dupe,  dowdy,  ditch,  duke,  dig,  deify,  idiocy,  dizzy, 
dim,  deem,  doom,  idiom,  downy,  deal,  dowry,  diarrhea,  duly. — 19. 

Synonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Idle,  unemployed;  averse  to 
doing  an}"thing  useful ;  indolent  denotes  a  love  of  ease  or  an  aversion 
to  effort;  lazy,  averse  to  bodily  effort,  and  more  contemptuous  than 

indolent.     "  The spear  and  shield  were  high  up-hung." — MILTON. 

" repose." — POPE.     "  Wicked  men  will  ever  be  like  rogues,  and 

not  fall  to  work,  but  be and  spend  victuals." — BACON.     Industry 

implies  habitual  devotion  to  labor,  and  includes  diligence,  which  de- 
notes earnest  application  and  some  specific  object  or  pursuit.      "In 

order  to  quicken  the  human ,  Providence  has  so  contrived  that 

our  daily  food  is  not  to  be  procured  without  much  labor." — ADDISON. 

"  Seest  thou  a  man in  business?    He  shall  stand  before  kings." — 

BIBLE.     " pays  debts;  idleness  will  increase  them." — WEBSTER. 

" and  accuracy  are  the  only  merits  which  an  historian  may  as- 
cribe to  himself." — GIBBON. 

Commercial  Term — Accept  a  Bill — To  accept  a  bill  is  to  write  one's 
name  across  the  face  of  it,  thereby  engaging  to  pay  it  when  due. 

Typewriting  Lesson  V. — Use  the  fingers  of  both  hands  as  marked. 
Four  lines  of  each  word  will  fill  a  page. 

1221       1211       1231       1212       1211       1212       1212       1212 
Burn       bent        bran        huts       hunt        hind       huge       gone 


SPELLING    EXERCISES  AND  SHORTHAND   PRACTICE. 
LESSON   VI. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  the  two  shorthand 
consonants  which  are  sounded,  and  are  written  in  the  position  indi- 
cated by  the  figures.  Put  in  the  long  and  short  vowels  according  to 
the  rules  you  have  learned. 

If  you  meet  with  difficulties,  or  if  you  do  not  find  shorthand  clear  and 
easy,  do  not  be  discouraged.  Obstacles  melt  away  before  an  earnest 
worker.  Write  the  words  often. 

1. — Chap,  chop,  chide,  chalk,  chime,  jot,  jack,  jockey,  jag,  jaggy,  jog, 
joyous,  jam,  jolly,  cap,  copy,  occupy,  cab,  cob,  cod,  catch,  caulk,  cog, 
cash,  coyish,  calm,  cameo,  comma,  acme,  coil,  carry. — 31. 

2. — Chub,  chubby,  check,  chuck,  choke,  chum,  cherry,  chary,  jet, 
jetty,  jut,  joke,  jug,  gem,  jail,  jelly,  cup,  cape,  cub,  cud,  echoed,  coach, 
cage,  cake,  coke,  cocoa,  kick,  cook,  cuckoo,  keg,  coffee,  chaos,  cosy, 
came,  comb,  oakum,  cayenne,  coney,  canoe,  kail,  coal,  cull,  curry. — 43. 

3. — Chip,  cheap,  chid,  chick,  cheek,  chill,  chilly,  jute,  juicy,  Augean, 
jury,  keep,  cube,  kid,  cowed,  couch,  kill,  keel,  cool,  cowl, — 20. 

Synonyms Choose  the  right  word. —  Connivance  means  intentional 

failure  to  see  fault ;  collusion  denotes  a  secret  agreement  and  co-oper- 
ation for  fraudulent  purposes.  "  By  the  ignorance  of  the  merchants  or 

the  dishonesty  of  the  weaver,  or  the    of  both,  the  ware  was 

bad  and  the  price  excessive.  Such  abuses  had  gradually  prevailed,  and 
gained  strength  by " — SWIFT.  Genius  implies  high  and  pecu- 
liar gifts  of  nature;  extraordinary  powers  of  originating;  talent  de- 
notes natural  strength  of  intellect ;  power  to  execute.  "  Like  many 

other  men  of ,  Fielding  was  unfortunate." — SCOTT.      " 

of  the  highest  kind  implies  an  unusual  intensity  of  the  magnifying 
power." — COLERIDGE.  Lord  Chatham  was  distinguished  for  his  genius 
.and  his  son,  William  Pitt,  for  his  talents. 

Commercial  Term. — Acceptor — The  drawee  of  a  bill  of  exchange, 
after  he  has  written  his  name  across  the  face  of  it,  agreeing  to  pay  it, 
is  called  the  acceptor. 

Typewriting  Lesson  VI — 

1212       1212       1212       1231       1221       1221       2121       2123 
Bone      tone       bond      buoy       gong       brim        chin        chip 


SPELLING  EXERCISES  AND  SHORTHAND  PRACTICE. 
LESSON  VII. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  the  two  shorthand  con- 
sonants which  are  sounded,  written  in  the  position  as  indicated  by  the 
figures.  Insert  all  the  vowels. 

1.— Gap,  gat,  got,  gaudy,  gawk,  gawky,  gag,  gash,  gang,  gong,  gall, 
guile,  galley,  augury,  fop,  fob,  confab,  confide,  fag,  fog,  foggy,  fife, 
fauna,  fang,  fallow,  folly,  follow,  faro,  farrow,  fiery,  foray,  fatty. — 32. 

2, — Fed,  fade,  fame,  foam,  finny,  funny,  felloe,  fellow,  folio,  ferry, 
fairy,  furrow,  gape,  get,  gait,  gate,  gut,  gutta,  goat,  gaiety,  gauge,  gig, 
gewgaw,  gush,  guinea,  gale,  gull,  goal,  gala,  gaily,  ugly,  gory.— 32. 

3. — Fib,  feed,  food,  feud,  effigy,  fig,  fugue,  fusee,  fish,  fishy,  fume, 
filly,  fully,  fury,  goat,  gouty,  giddy,  goody,  gouge,  gill.— 20. 

Homonyms. — Choose   the   right   word.  —  Fellow,  felloe  —  "  Worth 

makes  the  man,  and  want  of  it  the " — POPE.     The  word 

is  also  written  felly.     "She  seemed  to  be  a  good  sort  of    " — 

DICKENS.     Alter,  to  change;  altar,  a  communion  table.     "  Noah  builded 

an   to  the  Lord." — BIBLE.     "  My  covenant  I  will  not  break,  nor 

the  thing  that  has  gone  out  of  my  lips." — BIBLE.     Bole,  a  kind 

of  fine  earth}'  clay;  boll,  the  pod  of  a  plant;  bowl,  a  concave  vessel. 
"  The  barley  was  in  the  ear,  and  the  flax  was  ....  ed." — BIBLE.  "  Give 
them  drink  in  . . . .  s  of  basswood." — LONGFELLOW.  Bourn  or  bourne,  a 
point  aimed  at;  borne,  carried;  born,  brought  into  life.  "The  undis- 

•covered  country,  from  whose no  traveler  returns." — SHAKESPEARE* 

"  No  one  could  be into  slavery  in  Mexico." — PRESCOTT. 

Commercial  Terms. — Accommodation  Bill — A  bill  drawn,  accepted 
or  endorsed  to  aid  or  accommodate  one  of  the  parties  thereto,  and  for 
which  no  value  has  been  given.  Account — In  business,  a  statement 
showing  the  amount  due,  by  one  to  another,  for  cash,  goods,  etc.  On 
the  Stock  Exchange,  the  period  which  intervenes  between  one  settle- 
ment and  another. 

Typewriting  Lesson  VII. — 

1221        1221        1221        1221        3221       1212       1322       1322 
Dish        fish          fist         mist          list        bend       bake        cake 


SPELLING    EXERCistb    AixU   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    VIII. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  the  tico  shorthand 
consonants  which  are  sounded,  written  in  the  position  indicated  by  the 
figures.  Insert  all  the  vowels. 

1. — Yat,  viny,  avenue,  valley,  value,  volley,  asp,  acid,  aside,  ask,  saucy, 
Siam,  Zion,  shop,  shabby,  chateau,  shad,  shod,  shied,  shoddy,  shadow, 
shadowy,  shock,  shaggy,  sham,  shammy,  chamois,  shawl,  shallow. — 29. 

2. — Vote,  evoke,  vague,  vogue,  veiny,  vary,  ethic,  thumb,  thorough, 
suet,  assayed,  essayed,  eschew,  assuage,  ice-house,  assail,  shape,  shade, 
shady,  shed,  showed,  sLave,  shake,  shaky,  shame,  shell,  shale,  shoal, 
showily,  sherry,  usury. — 31. 

3. — Veto,  vouch,  venue,  villa,  thick,  theme,  theory,  seaweed,  sea-view, 
see- saw,  assume,  zeal,  easily,  easel,  zero,  ship,  sheep,  shoe-tie,  shook, 
showery. — 20. 

Synonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. —  Clumsy,  ill-made,  badly  con- 
structed; awkward,  ungraceful  in  movements  or  manners;  uncouth, 

untrained  in  language  or  deportment.     "  The exercises  of  the 

European  tourney." — PRESCOTT.     "  O  blind  guides,  which  being  of  an 

religion,  do  '  strain  at  a  gnat  and  swallow  a  camel.'  " — UDAL. 

"  Thus  sang  the    swain." — MILTON.      Error,  deviation  from  the 

right ;  mistake,  apprehending  wrongly ;  misconception ;  blunder,  to  do 
a  thing  without  forethought.  "  Yet  know  not  how  to  find  the  uncertain 
place,  and on,  and  staggers  every  pace." — DRYDEN.  "  His  judg- 
ment was  often  in ,  though  his  candor  remained  unimpeached."- 

"  A  man  may the  love  of  virtue  for  the  practice  of  it." — JOHNSON. 

An may  corrected  and  a rectified. 

Commercial  Terms. — Account  Current — A  statement  drawn  out  in 
Dr.  and  Cr.  form,  containing  an  account  of  the  transactions  which  have 
taken  place  between  two  parties  during  a  certain  time.  Account  Sales — 
An  account  sent  by  a  merchant  to  the  consignor  of  goods  telling  the 
weight  of  the  goods  sold,  the  price  obtained,  and  the  net  result  after 
deducting  the  freight,  commission,  and  all  other  charges. 

Typewriting  Lesson  VIII 

1322       1332       3322       3322       1322       2322       1322       3231 
Came       gale         lake        lame      make      same      name        plan 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON   IX. 


Each  of  the  following  words  is  represented  by  the  shorthand  conso- 
nants which  are  sounded,  and  must  be  written  in  the  position  indicated 
by  the  figures.  Insert  all  the  vowels. 

1. — Map,  mop,  mob,  motto,  mighty,  amity,  match,  mock,  mica,  moth, 
massy,  mossy,  mash,  ma'am,  mamma,  manna,  many,  maul,  mile,  marry, 
marrow,  morrow,  miry,  mothy,  mallow. — 25. 

2. — Mope,  empty,  Mayday,  meadow,  muddy,  make,  meek,  mug,  muggy, 
muff,  mesh,  mush,  maim,  mum,  mummy,  money,  minnow,  mania,  ammo- 
nia, among,  aiming,  mail,  male,  mole,  mull,  Malay,  mellow,  melee,  merry, 
mower,  emery, — 31. 

3. — Myth,  mouth,  meal,  mill,  mule,  mealy. — 6. 

Words  with  Circle  S, — 1. — Packs,  pass,  poise,  pies,  pause,  paws, 
pacifies,  apostle,  piously. — 9. 

2. — Poets,  apex,  pays,  pace,  apace,  apiece,  pose,  oppose,  pasty,  upset, 
upside,  episode,  possess,  puzzle. — 14. 

3. — Piteous,  peace,  piece,  peas,  pews,  appease,  pistol. — 7. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Jam,  to  squeeze  ;  jamb,  the 
side-piece  of  a  door  or  fireplace.  "  The  stranger  was  in  a  great  .... " — 

KENT.      "  The    fell   from   the   hand   of   the   architect." — GUILT. 

Hart,  male  deer ;  heart,  the  seat  of  life.     "  Godliest  of  all  the  forest 

and  hind. — MILTON.     "  Why  does  my  blood  thus  muster  to  my 

" — SHAKESPEARE.     "  Look,  then,  into  thy and  write." — LONG- 
FELLOW.     Threio*  did  throw ;  through,  as  to  pass  through  a  board  or 

gate.     " the  gates  of  ivory  he  dismissed  his  gallant  offspring." — 

"  He a  brave  defiance  in  King  Henry's  teeth." — SHAKESPEARE. 

Commercial  Terms. — Accountant — A  person  skilled  in  posting, 
keeping  and  balancing  books,  and  who  is  usually  employed  by  mer- 
chants, public  companies,  etc.,  to  prepare  accounts  and  balance-sheets, 
or  to  audit  their  books  and  accounts  for  the  purpose  of  seeing  that  they 
are  properly  kept,  A  Glean  Acceptance  on  a  bill  of  exchange  is  simply 
a  signature,  or  a  signature  and  the  name  of  the  place  where  payment  of 
the  bill  is  made, 

Typewriting  Lesson  IX. — 

3231       1313       3312       1331       3131       1121       1311       1211 
Plat       harp        lark         flag          ably        ruin        vary       very 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE 
LESSON    X. 


The  following  icords  should  be  written  in  shorthand,  and  in  the  posi- 
tion indicated  by  the  figures.  The  contractions  should  also  be  written 
as  instructed  in  shorthand  Lessons  V  and  X.  With  the  twenty-five 
contractions  given  in  this  Lesson,  twenty-five  per  cent,  of  the  English 
language  is  written.  Write  these  words  in  longhand  and  in  shorthand, 
as  instructed  for  the  writing  of  the  words.  Remember  that  only  words 
that  are  sounded  are  written  in  phonography. 

1. — Nap,  nab,  knob,  knobby,  natty,  knotty,  naughty,  untie,  annoy, 
notch,  enjoy,  knack,  knock,  knife,  naive,  envoy,  navvy,  noisy,  gnash, 
nausea. — 20. 

2. — Nape,  into,  neck,  nick,  nook,  enough,  nave,  knave,  navy,  nephew, 
envy,  inveigh,  unsay,  name,  numb,  enemy,  ennui,  narrow,  ink. — 19. 

3. — Nip,  neap,  nib,  unto,  annuity,  needy,  endow,  endue,  undo,  un- 
due, niche,  ensue,  uneasy, — 13. 

Contractions. — The,  and,  of,  to,  in,  a,  that,  is,  it,  he,  with,  be,  are, 
but,  I,  all,  by,  not,  or,  as,  thy,  have,  at,  no,  any. — 25. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Bread,  a  kind  of  baked  food; 
bred,  educated,  trained.  •'  In  the  sweat  of  thy  face  shalt  thou  eat 

" — BIBLE.     "  Born  and on  the  verge  of  the  wilderness."  — 

EVERETT.     "  Flowers  which  I up  with  tender  hand  from  the  first 

opening  bud." — MILTON.      Cell,  a  small  room,  as  in  a  prison ;  sell,  to 
exchange  for  money.     "  The  heroic  confessor  in  his  ....  " — MACAULAY. 

"I  am  changed.     I'll all  my  land." — SHAKESPEARE.      Clause,  a  part 

of  a  sentence ;  claws,  sharp,  hooked  nails  of  animals  or  birds.     "  The 

usual  attestation to  a  will," — BOUVIER.      " are  also  the 

slender  base  of  petals,  as  those  of  the  pink." — GRAY. 

Commercial  Terms. — Acquittance — A  full  discharge  in  writing  of 
some  contract,  debt  or  liability.  Action — any  legal  proceeding  institut- 
ed in  a  court  of  law.  Active  Bonds — Bonds  which  bear  a  fixed  rate  of 
interest,  payable  in  full  from  date  of  issue. 

Typewriting  Lesson  X. — 

2311        1233        2231        1221       3321       3321       2121       2233 
Wary       real         wily        fury        lazy        lady        over        dial 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XI. 

The  following  -words  should  be  written  in  shorthand,  and  in  the 
positions  indicated  by  the  figures.  The  contractions  should  also  be  writ- 
ten as  instructed  in  shorthand  Lessons  V  and  X.  "Write  these  words  in 
longhand  and  in  shorthand  as  instructed  for  the  writing  of  the  words. 

1. — Lap,  lop,  lob,  lobby,  alibi,  alto,  lad,  laud,  lied,  allied,  alloyed, 
latch,  lodge,  lack,  lacky,  lock,  like,  lag,  log,  laugh,  life,  live,  alive,  olive, 
lava,  lath,  loathe,  lithe,  lash,  lamb,  lime,  loll,  loyal. 

2. — Elope,  lobe,  elbow,  laity,  led,  last,  load,  lode,  lady,  ledge,  allayed, 
allege,  elegy,  lack,  luck,  lucky,  leg,  loaf,  elf,  lave,  love,  levy,  loath,  lathe, 
loathe,  also,  lasso,  lazy,  lame,  loam,  lull,  lowly. 

3. — Lip,  leap,  loop,  lewd,  allude,  elude,  loud,  aloud,  leach,  leech, 
liege,  lick,  leak,  look,  league,  leaf,  aloof,  live,  leave,  leash,  limb,  loom, 
lily,  lowery,  leak. 

Words  with  Circle  >S'. — 1. — Palace,  palsied,  polonaise,  porpoise,  para- 
dise, uprise,  parasite,  parricide,  parson,  parasol,  paralyze. 

2. — Pulse,  palisade,  paleness,  polarize,  purpose,  purposely,  apparatus, 
parades,  parks,  previous,  porous,  upraise,  uprose,  pursuit,  parsonage, 
perilous,  uproarious,  pursued. 

3. — Police,  pellucid,  periods,  peruse,  perusal,  peruser,  pureness. 

Contractions. — At,  has,  away,  can,  come,  do,  did,  each,  had,  half,  Itis, 
lioly,  how,  if,  is,  it,  Lord,  much,  on,  out,  own,  put,  saw,  up,  was,  wfren, 
why,  who,  without,  ye,  year,  you,  your. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. —  Vale,  a  valley ;  veil  or  vail, 
a  covering.  "  The  ....  of  the  temple  was  rent." — BIBLE.  "  Down,  the 

lovely    of  leisure." — JEAN  INGELOW.     Feat,  an  exploit;  feet,  mcra 

than  one  foot.     "  "With  stories  told  of  many  a  ....  " — MILTON.     "..... 
was  I  to  the  lame." — BIBLE. 

Commercial  Terms. — Active  Circulation — The  active  circulation  of 
a  bank  means  the  notes  actually  issued  and  in  the  hands  of  the  public. 
Active  Partner — An  active  partner  is  one  who  takes  an  active  or  work- 
ing part  in  the  business  in  which  he  is  concerned,  distinguished  fron 
nominal  partner,  or  one  only  in  name. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XI. — 

1221        2232        1312        1232       1232       1232       1232       1232 
Bodv       sold        harm        bold        cold        hold      beam      mold 


SPELLING   EXERCISES   AND  SHORTHAND   PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XII. 


The  following-  words  should  be  written  in  shorthand,  and  in  the  posi- 
ttons  indicated  by  the  figures.  The  contractions  should  also  be  written 
as  instructed  in  shorthand  Lessons  V  and  X. 

1. — Kap,  ripe,  rob,  aright,  errata,  rat,  rot,  wrought,  right,  rite,  write, 
riot,  arid,  rod,  ride,  arch,  orgie,  rack,  rock,  rag,  wrath,  wroth,  rash,  ram, 
rhyme,  rang,  wrong,  rally,  royally,  rely. — 30. 

2.— Rope,  repay,  rub,  robe,  aerate,  rate,  rut,  rote,  wrote,  arrayed, 
red,  raid,  rode,  road,  rowed,  ready,  ruddy,  wretch,  rage,  urge,  ridge, 
ridging,  wreck,  rake,  rug,  rogue,  earth,  earthy,  racy,  rosy,  ratio,  rush, 
rum,  roam,  rainy,  rung,  wrung,  rowing,  relay,  rare,  roar,  rower. — 42. 

3. — Rip,  reap,  rib,  ruby,  writ,  root,  route,  rout,  read,  reed,  rood,  rude, 
rich,  reach,  rick,  reek,  wreak,  rook,  review,  ruth,  wreath,  rim,  ream, 
rheum,  rheumy,  room,  room}',  ring,  wring,  hourly,  really,  rear. — 32. 

Words  with  Circle  S. — 1. — Box,  bass,  boss,  boys,  buoys,  buys,  bias, 
ibis,  besought,  bask,  obsequies,  abscess,  absence. — 13. 

2. — Bakes,  base,  bass,  baize,  buzz,  bespoke,  bespeak,  beset,  bestow, 
obesity,  boisterous,  bestowal,  bestir,  basin,  obscenity,  absentee,  base- 
ness, obeisance,  basely,  bustle,  abeyance,  bonus,  bellows,  balsam. — 24. 

3. — Obtuse,  beauteous,  books,  abuse,  booze,  bows,  obsequious,  besom, 
bosom,  obscene,  busily,  bilious. — 12. 

Contractions. — Business,  different,  give,  go,  him,  may,  our,  hour, 
eye,  large,  language,  shall,  should,  so,  us,  she,  wish,  to  be,  be,  thank, 
me,  my,  know,  owe,  ought,  see,  use,  they,  them,  thing,  think,  though, 
too,  two,  usual,  we,  way,  what,  which,  whose,  ease,  would,  youth,  young. 

Commercial  Term. — Act  of  Bankruptcy — This  means  that  any  act 
by  which  a  debtor  becomes  liable  to  be  made  a  bankrupt ;  such  as  an 
insolvent  fleeing  the  country,  or  transferring  his  goods  or  property  to 
another,  with  a  view  to  defeat  creditors ;  a  debtor  giving  notice  to  his 
creditors  that  he  has  suspended,  or  is  about  to  suspend,  payment  of  his 
debts ;  an  insolvent  filing  in  court  a  declaration  of  his  inability  to  pay 
his  debts,  etc. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XII — 

1232        1232        1232        1212       1312       3211       2311       1311 
Fold        gold        told        more        four       pour        sour      •  gout 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND   PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XIII. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand,  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

1. — Wipe,  watch,  wallow,  wire,  wiry,  haughty,  hide,  hatch,  hash, 
hallow,  hallo,  holy,  hollow,  harrow. — 14. 

2. — Weighty,  wed,  wade,  weighed,  wedge,  wage,  awake,  awoke,  way- 
lay, were,  ware,  wore,  aware,  wary,  worry,  yellow,  yore,  heady,  hedge, 
heavy,  hush,  honey,  halo,  hurry. — 24, 

3. — Weep,  witty,  weed,  wood,  widow,  witch,  winnow,  willow,  wooed, 
ewer,  heed,  hewed,  hitch,  huge,  hyena,  hero. — 16. 

Words  with  Circle  S. — 1. — Baroness,  barrenness,  typhus,  toss,  toys, 
twice,  tacit,  task,  tassel. — 9. 

2. — Bareness,  touchiness,  tasty,  testy,  etcetera,  tusk,  tussel,  tennis, 
tenacious,  tortoise,  terrace,  tyrannize,  tyrannous,  depose. — 14. 

3. — Tease,  outset,  outside,  outrages. — 4. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. —  Wade,  weighed.     "  Forbear 

and no  further  in  this  speech." — OLD  PLAY,     "  The  king's  aclmir. 

able  conduct  has    d  through  all  these  difficulties." — DAVENANT. 

4i  They for  my  price  thirty  pieces  of  silver." — BIBLE.    Ware,  wear. 

"  Trials  ....  us  into  a  like  of  what,  possibly,  in  the  first  essay,  dis- 
pleased us." — POPE.  "If  the  people  of  the  land  bring  ....  or  any 
victuals  on  the  Sabbath  day  to  sell," — BIBLE.  "  Let  the  dark  shop  com- 
mend the  .... " — CLEAVELAND.  Cite,  to  summon ;  site,  local  position ; 
situation ;  sight,  the  power  of  seeing.  "  The  . . . .  d  dead,  of  all  past 
ages,  to  the  general  doom  shall  hasten." — MILTON.  "  The  semblance  of 

a  lover  fixed  in  melancholy " — THOMSON.      "  A  cloud  received  him 

up  out  of  their " — BIBLE.     "  O  loss  of   ,  of  thee  I  most 

complain." — MILTON. 

Commercial  Terms. — Act  of  God — A  clause  in  a  policy  of  insur- 
ance or  a  bul  of  lading  meaning  those  perils  or  dangers  which  are  be- 
yond human  power  to  control.  Acceptance  for  Honor — A  term  used 
when  a  person,  not  already  liable  upon  it,  accepts  or  pays  a  bill  of  ex- 
change for  the  honor  (that  is,  to  save  the  reputation  of)  the  drawee,  or 
one  of  the  endorsers. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XIII — 

2311        1311        3223        2311       2233       2131       2233       3231 
Rout       bout        plea        each       meal       wean       leap        lead 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XIV. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand,  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

1. — Popped,  piped,  padding,  panic,  party,  parity,  parried,  parody, 
parch,  park,  piracy. — 11. 

2. — Peppery,  poetic,  poetess,  pettish,  epitome,  peanut,  punch,  pansy, 
punish,  penury,  pulp,  polka,  poker,  policy,  palsy,  polish,  parade,  perch, 
porch,  purge,  pork,  purvey,  pursue,  uproar,  uprear. —  25. 

3- — Pudding,  pinch,  pillory,  purity,  period,  peerage,  purify,  peeress, 
purely. — 9. 

Words  with  Circle  S. — 1. — Device,  devise,  advice,  adds,  odds,  dice, 
audacity,  decide,  noisome,  insanity,  niceness,  lapse,  elapse,  annoyance* 
lacks,  locks,  likes,  lifeless,  laws,  loss,  lies. — 22. 

2. — Depository,  debase,  decorous,  deface,  edifice,  defiance,  deviser, 
days,  does,  dose,  odious,  ideas,  despise,  dispose,  despiser,  dispenser, 
despoil,  dispel,  despair,  disappear,  disperse,  dusty,  destiny,  distil,  desk, 
dusk,  dusky,  discuss,  disease,  disuse,  adviser. — 31. 

3. — Dubious,  diffuse,  adduce,  deceit,  deceive,  disavow,  decease. — 7. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Him,  that  man  or  boy;  hymn, 
a  sacred  soug.  "  Green  vales  and  icy  cliffs,  all  join  my  .... " — COLE- 
BIDGE.  "  With  his  martial  cloak  around  .... " — WOLFE.  Had,  not 
good;  bade,  told.  "Thus  ....  begins  and  worse  remains  behind.''- 
SHAKESPEARE,  "  So  sweetly  she  ....  me  adieu." — SHENSTONE.  13ut,  a 
connecting  word;  butt,  larger  end;  to  strike  with  the  head,  "  . . . .  he 
lay  like  a  warrior  taking  his  rest." — WOLFE.  "  The  beast  . . . .  s  me 
uway.'' — SHAKESPEARE.  The  ....  of  the  whip. 

Commercial  Terms. — Actuary — An  officer  in  a  life  insurance  com- 
pany who  makes  the  necessary  calculations  as  to  the  probable  duration 
of  life,  and  advises  generally  on  all  questions  relating  to  the  statistics 
and  finances  of  the  concern.  Adjudication  Order — An  order  made  by 
a  court  of  bankruptcy,  declaring  a  debtor  bankrupt,  so  that  his  estate 
may  be  vested  in  a  trustee,  and  wound  up  for  the  benefit  of  his  creditors. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XIV. — 

1231       1231       1233       3231       1222       1223       3223       3223 
Team       meat        heal        peat       deem       deep       peep       weep 


SPELLING  EXERCISE5  AND  SHORTHAND  PRACTICE. 
LESSON  XV. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

1. — Boudoir,  becalm,  begot,  beguile,  biology,  borrowed,  barge,  bar- 
rier, borrower. — 9, 

2. — Betake,  bottom,  bedim,  bodily,  beau-ideal,  abjure,  bakehouse, 
became,  beget,  bonnet,  bayonet,  banana,  bank,  bulb,  ability,  ballad, 
belch,  bulge,  bulk,  abolish,  belong,  oblong,  bellowing,  barb,  bark, 
barque,  birth,  birch,  buried,  barony,  bearer,  borer. — 33 

3. — Bigot,  bounty,  bullock,  boorish. — 4. 

Words  with  Circle  S. — 1. — Dazzle,  docile,  damsel,  domicile,  dancer, 
design. — 6. 

2. — Dismay,  disseminate,  decimal,  dismal,  decency,  dishonesty,  dis- 
like, dislocate,  disarray,  desirous,  dumbness,  density,  idols,  idolize, 
idealize,  idealism,  idleness,  dullness,  dolorous,  delirious. — 22. 

3. — Dizziness,  disallow,  dimness. — 3. 

Synonyms. — Learn  to  discriminate. — We  conceal  facts  or  crimes; 
disguise  appearances;  dissemble  feelings,  and  secrete  goods.  ''Thou 

art  sworn  to    what  we  impart." — SHAKESPEARE,     "  Bunyan  was 

forced  to   himself  as  a  wagoner," — MACAULAY.     "  Why  one  set  of 

cells  should bile,  another  urea,  and  so  on,  we  do  not  know." — 

CARPENTER.  I  thought  the  attempt  foolish  at  first,  now  I  think  it  ab- 
surd, and  even  preposterous.  "  I  am  a  very old  man." — SHAKES- 
PEARE. "An figure  he  must  make." — PRIOR.  "This  proffer  is 

and  reasonless." — SHAKESPEARE.     "  Though  the  error  be  easily 

fallen  into,  it  is  manifestly " — J.  TAYLOR.     He  is  content  who 

holds  enough ;    he  is  satisfied  who  gets  enough.     "  Having  food  and 

raiment,  let  us  therewith  be    " — BIBLE.     "  The  grave  question 

arose  as  to  whether  he  was with  what  he  got." — MACAULAY. 

Commercial  Term. — Administration  Order — An  order  made  by  the 
court  in  cases  of  small  bankruptcies,  for  the  summary  administration  of 
a  debtor's  estate  when  his  whole  property  is  not  likely  to  exceed  the 
amount  provided  by  law. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XV. — 

1222       1223       1222       1322       3222       1221       2131       1331 
Reek        reel        meek        glee        seek        jeer       mean 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND   PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XVI. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand,  in  the  position  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels. 

Words  written  with  the  Consonants  given  in  Shorthand  Wesson  I. — - 
1. — Tip-toe,  timely,  to-night,  tonic,  tank,  torrid,  torch.  2. — Topic,  to- 
tally, tomato,  atomic,  tamely,  oatmeal,  tenet,  twenty,  tonnage,  tonic, 
tunic,  utility,  italic,  twelve,  tirade.  3. — Tenuity,  tinge,  twinge,  tillage, 
outlawry,  outlive,  outride,  outrage,  outreach. — 31. 

Words  written  with  the  Circle  S,  Shorthand  Lesson  IX. — 1. — Dire- 
ness,  joys,  jaws,  joyousness,  jostle,  joyless,  joylessly.  2. — Odorous,  dor- 
sal, chess,  chose,  chasten,  chosen,  ages,  jays,  gesture,  jealous,  jealously. 
3. — Choose,  chews,  cheese,  juiciness,  genus,  genius. — 24. 

Words  written  loith  up  Ish,  down  I,  down  r,  /Shorthand  Lessons  XII 
and  XIII. — 1. — Apparel,  pallor,  piler,  par,  pyre.  2. — Patience,  polish, 
palish,  openly,  painful,  pai-ole,  epicure,  pioneer,  paler,  polar,  pair,  pare, 
pear,  pore,  pour,  parterre,  abolish,  befell,  befool,  barrel,  burial,  butler, 
beguiler.  3. — Puerile,  pillar,  peeler,  puller,  appealer,  peer,  pier,  appear, 
poor,  power,  poorness,  poorly. — 40. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Load,  a  burden;  lode,  a  vein 

of  ore,     "  Jove  lightened  of  its   the  enormous  mass." — POPE.     A 

rich of  silver.     Retch,  to  try  to  vomit ;  wretch,  a  miserable  person, 

"  Here  he  grew  inarticulate  with   ing." — BYEON.     "  Poor 

was  never  frightened  so." — DRAYTON.  Soar,  to  fly  aloft;  sore,  a  hurt; 
tender.  "  I  see  where  his  ....  lies." — SCOTT.  "  Valor  . . . .  s  above 
what  the  world  calls  misfortune." — ADDISON. 

Commercial  Terms. — Ad  Referendum;  to  be  further  considered ; 
ad  referendum  contracts  are  sometimes  made  by  public  companies  and 
others.  The  term,  then,  means  that  a  contract  has  been  signed  for  the 
purchase  and  supply  of  certain  articles,  but  that  there  are  some  minor 
points  to  be  settled,  which  require  further  consideration.  Ad  valorem, 
according  to  the  value,  and  not  to  the  weight  or  quantity.  The  customs 
ad  valorem  duty  is,  therefore,  a  charge  of  so  much  per  cent.,  made  on 
the  value  of  certain  articles,  irrespective  of  their  weight  or  quantity. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XVI. — Eight  hand  practice. 

1213       3231        1321       2121       1312       1233       3231       3221 
Hump        lily          join        inky      monk        mill        lion        loom 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XVII. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  iii  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  XVII L — 1. — Debar,  auditory,  dietary,  de- 
coyed. 2. — Deputy,  depth,  deter,  decade,  decayed,  defied,  edified, 
dainty,  denote.  3. — Dewberry,  detour,  denude. — 16. 

Shorthand  Lesson  IX. — 1. — Copse,  caucus,  cause,  ax,  ox.  2. — Co- 
pious, capacity,  coax,  case,  kiss,  expository,  expansive,  expel,  expiry, 
exit.  3. — Acoustic. — 16. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XII  and  XIII. — 1. — Tonsil,  taller,  tar.  2. — 
"Utensil,  tuneful,  tunnel,  tamer,  tenure,  teller,  tailor,  tare,  tear,  tore. 
3. — Tinsel,  tuneless,  towel,  tumor,  tiller. — 18. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XIV-  II  written  downward. — 1. — Hock,  haggis, 
high,  Lag.  hack.  2. — Hoax,  huckster,  hackney. — 8. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XV.  St  and  Str  Loops. — 1. — Pastor,  pilaster, 
biased,  ballast.  2. — Pester,  poster,  pianist,  best,  based,  abased,  baste, 
boast,  bust,  boaster,  bolster.  3 — Perused,  purest,  beast. — 18. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. —  Council,  a  deliberative  body; 
counsel,  advice ;  a  legal  adviser.  "  Satan,  void  of  rest,  his  potentates  to 

called  by  night. — MILTON.     "  The  queen  is  going  with  a  puissant 

host,    and    prays    your    company    for    speedy    '' — SHAKESPEAKE. 

Draught,  a  current ;    that  which  is  drunk ;  draft,  a  bill  of  exchange. 

"  In  his  hands  he  took  a  goblet,  but   a  while  the    forbore." — 

TKEXCH,     "  He  preferred  to  go   and  sit  upon  the  stairs  in  a  strong 

of  air,  until  he  was  again  sent  for," — DICKENS.     "  I  thought  it 

most  prudent  to  defer  the s  till  advice  was  received  of  the  progress 

of  the  loan." — HAMILTON. 

Commercial  Term. — Advance — It  is  usual  for  merchants,  brokers 
and  agents,  on  receiving  an  invoice  and  bill  of  lading  for  a  consignment 
^sent  to  them  for  sale,  to  pay  the  consignor  a  certain  portion  of  the 
value  of  the  goods,  this  prepayment  being  called  an  advance. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XVII. — Left  hand  practice. 

2312       1231       2321       1221       1312       1231       1221       2131 

Date        best         dart        beer        gave        fear        deed        crag 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XVIII. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Denied,  dallying,  deride.  2. — 
Ideality,  delayed,  deluge,  dirty,  dirge,  adorer,  derrick,  chimney,  charity. 
3. — Duality,  delude,  dealing — 15. 

Shorthand  Lesson  IX. — 1. — Excite,  caustic,  costume,  cask.  2. — 
Custody,  custom,  accustom,  customer,  customary,  costly,  extol,  exodus, 
exigence',  excuse.  3. — Accede,  exceed. — 16, 

Shorthand  Lessons  XII  and  XIII. — 1. — Attire,  dash,  dollar,  2. — 
Tersely,  defiler,  deform,  despoiler,  desire,  admire,  demur,  demure, 
idler.  3. — Tier,  tear,  tour,  tower,  dish,  dealer. — 18. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XIV.  Tick  II. — 1. — Ham,  homily,  higher,  horse,, 
haul,  hall.  2. — Hail,  hale,  her,  hare,  hair,  haze,  hem,  hymn,  hurl,  hiss, 
helm,  harvest,  hemlock.  3. — Heel,  heal,  hill,  howl. — 24." 

Shorthand  Lesson  XV.  St  and  Str  Loops. — 1. — Tossed.  2. — Burst, 
text,  test,  attest,  taste,  toast,  tester,  attester,  taster,  toaster,  dust,  dosed, 
duster,  disgust,  disguised,  deceased,  dishonest,  idealist,  dullest,  3. — 
Outcast,  outmost,  outlast,  tourist,  doest,  adduced. — 26. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  correct  word. —  Core,  the  center  of  a  fruit; 

corps,  a  body  of  men.     "  Whose stands  sound  and  great  within 

him." — CHAPMAN.      Climb,  to  rise  laborious!}' ;  clime,  a  climate.     "Black 

vapors aloft  and  cloud  the  day." — DRYDEN.     "  Thy  arms  pursue 

paths  of  renown,  and the  ascent  of  fame." — PRIOR.     "  Whatever 

the  sun's  bright  circle  warms." — MILTON.      Coarse,  rude ;  com- 
posed of  large  parts ;  course,  direction.     "  I  feel  of  what metal 

ye  are  molded," — SHAKESPEARE.     "  Some  she  arms  with  sinewy  force,  and 
some  with  swiftness  in  the " — COWLEY. 

Commercial  Term. — Advanced  Notes — These  are  drafts  on  the  own- 
ers of  a  ship  (usually  for  one  month's  wages)  issued  by  the  captain  to 
the  seamen  on  their  signing  the  articles  of  agreement.  They  are  gener- 
ally made  payable  three  days  after  sailing,  and  are  granted  as  a  means 
to  enable  the  sailor  to  make  some  provision  for  those  he  leaves  behind. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XVIII. — Eight  hand  practice. 

1213       2133       1212       3231       1213       3211       3321       3221 
Gimp       mull        junk         oily       jump        limn        loin        loon 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XIX. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig' 
ures.  Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Wessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Agility,  chaotic,  actuary,  cavi- 
ty. 2. — Agency,  jealousy,  cubic,  coterie,  cookery,  comely,  camera,, 
county,  colic,  calico.  3.— Jewelry,  juror. — 16. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Access,  chasm,  axiom,  oxen, 
axle,  castle,  casual.  2. — Excess,  excise,  exhume,  cousin,  exile,  excel, 
causality.  3. — Coolness,  curious.: — 16. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XII  and  XIII, — Dire,  dyer,  char,  car,  fall,  file, 
follow  2. — Dare,  door,  jailer,  occupier,  canal,  core,  corps,  felloe,  fel- 
low, folio,  fair,  fare,  affair.  3. — Deer,  cure,  fully. — 23. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XIV.  Upward  II. — 1. — Hide,  hied,  hatch,  ham- 
mock, hawker,  hearth,  harrow.  2. — Hung,  hush,  heavy,  hunger,  hurry, 
horizon.  3. — Heed,  hoop. — 15. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XV.  St  and  Str  Loops. — 1. — Joist,  copyist, 
cast,  caste,  cost,  accost,  caused,  caster,  coster,  oculist,  chorister,  aghast, 
August.  3. — Chest,  chased,  jest,  just,  jester,  juster,  coaxed,  coast, 
kissed,  accused,  coaster,  coalesced,  guest,  guessed,  gust,  ghost,  august. 
3.— Gist.— 31. 

Synonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Largely.  A  person  deals 
largely  in  things,  or  drinks  large  draughts.  Copiously.  Rivers  are  co- 
piously supplied  in  rainy  seasons.  Fully.  A  person  is  fully  satisfied 
or  fully  prepared.  "  There  is  one  very  faulty  method  of  drawing  up  the 

laws,  that  is,  when  the  case  is set  forth  in  the  preamble." — BACON. 

"  Every  word  ought  to  be  carefully  considered  by  all  who  desire 

to  understand  the  sense." — BEVERIDGE. 

Commercial  Term — Adventure — A  shipment  of  goods  sent  to  an 
agent  in  some  foreign  country,  to  be  sold  at  the  best  prices  obtainable. 
Merchants  and  manufacturers  wishing  to  introduce  their  goods  into  a 
fresh  market  usually  send  out  a  few  consignments  in  this  way. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XIX. — Left  hand  practice. 

3231       2312       3231        1231       1312       1231       1321       1221 

Zest       wage        seat        bead        gate        rest        cart        deer 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND   PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XX. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  1  to  VIII. — 1. — Calmly,  conic,  collide,  carrier. 
2, — Colleague,  curb,  carried,  corrode,  curried,  carriage,  accuracy,  curacy, 
career,  queer.  3. — Kicked,  cooked,  cooling. — 17. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Casual,  callous,  carrier,  gaudi- 
ness,  gas,  gauze,  goes,  guise.  2. — Auxiliary,  accuser,  exorcise,  calami- 
ties, corpse,  caressing,  coercing.  3. — Carousal,  giddiness. — 17. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XII  and  XIII. — 1. — Far,  afar,  fire,  afire,  vile^ 
vial,  2. — Fur,  four,  fore,  afore,  fork,  vail,  vale,  veil,  avail,  oval,  valor^ 
valuer,  aver.  3. — Fear,  fewer,  veer. — 22. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XI V.  Dot  H. — 1. — Happily,  happiness,  handy. 
2. — Perhaps,  uphill,  apprehend. — 6. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XV.  St  and  Str  Loops. — 1. — Fast,  faster,  foster, 
frost,  forest,  vast,  authorized.  2. — Fixed,  affixed,  fester,  first,  fairest, 
forced,  foremost,  vest,  vestry,  thickest.  3. — Fist,  feast,  feaster. — 20. 

Synonyms. —  Check,  to  throw  an  obstacle  in  the  way;  to  impede  the 
course ;  curb,  to  bear  down  by  the  direct  exercise  of  force ;  control,  to 
direct  and  turn  the  course.  "  Devotion  when  it  does  not  lie  under  the 

of   reason   is    apt   to   degenerate   into   enthusiasm." — ADDISON. 

"  The  point  of  honor  has  been  deemed  of  use  too  deep  to  teach  good 

manners  and  to    abuse." — COWPER.      "  These,   when  the  angry 

tempest  clouds  the  soul  may  darken  reason  and  her  course " — 

THOMSON. 

Commercial  Terms. — Advice — Commercial  or  other  information  and 
intelligence  conveyed  by  letter,  wherein  one  party  advises  another  of 
something  having  been  done,  or  of  something  about  to  be  done,  on  his 
account.  Affidavit — A  declaration  made  in  writing,  upon  oath,  before 
a  person  empowered  to  administer  an  oath. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XX. — Right  hand  practice. 

1232        3233        1331       3131       1233       3213       2123       1231 

Yolk         pill        moon       only         jill        pomp      knop        holy 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXI. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  position  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XII  and  XIII. — 1. — Shawl,  shallow,  mar,  mire. 
2. — Shell,  shale,  share,  shore,  molar,  miller,  mare,  mayor,  indoor,  infer, 
unfair.  3. — Sheer,  shear,  assure,  newer,  inure. — 20. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XIV,  Medial  II. — 2. — Behead,  adhesive,  co- 
here, outhouse,  warehouse. — 5. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XVII. — 1. — Brag,  bravo,  broth,  brass,  brawny, 
briny,  barley,  brawl,  broil,  brawler,  briar,  blast,  blaster,  bridle.  2. — 
Brake,  break,  broke,  breaker,  broker,  bakery,  burglar,  braver,  breath, 
brace,  breezy,  breast,  brandy,  brush,  branch,  brink,  braver,  tapestry, 
taper,  table,  blest,  bluster,  blossom,  blush,  abler,  blur,  blank,  bray, 
blame,  blown,  bribe,  barber,  brought,  bright,  brittle,  brutal,  brightly, 
broach,  bridge,  abridge.  3. — Blister,  blear,  bluer,  bloom,  blink,  brute, 
breach,  brick,  brook,  brig,  breeze,  bruise,  brisk,  bruiser,  brim,  broom, 
brewer,  brewery,  eatable,  tipple,  tuber. — 75. 

Anonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Alone,  marks  the  state  of  a 
person;  solitary,  denotes  the  quality  of  a  person  or  thing;  lonely, 

marks  quality  of  a  thing  only.     •'  Here  we  stand as  in  our  form 

distinct,  permanent." — YOUNG.  "  I  would  wish  no  man  to  deceive  him- 
self with  opinions  which  he  has  not  thoroughly  reflected  upon  in  his 

hours." — CUMBERLAND.     "  There  stands  a   but  a  healthful 

dwelling,  built  for  convenience  and  the  use  of  life." — ROWE.  A  person 
walks  alone  or  takes  a  solitary  walk  in  a  lonely  place.  Whoever  likes 
to  be  much  alone  is  of  a  solitary  turn. 

Commercial  Terms. — After  Date — A  term  used  in  drawing  bills  of 
exchange  ;  it  means  after  the  date  of  the  bill.  After  Sight — After  hav- 
ing been  presented  to  the  drawee  for  acceptance.  When  bills  are  drawn 
after  sight,  it  is  necessary  for  the  acceptor  to  insert  the  date  of  his  ac- 
ceptance, so  that  holders  may  know  when  the  bills  will  become  payable. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXI. — Left  hand  practice. 

1312        1231        1221        2131       1231       1312       1231       1321 
Rave        tear        feed        drag         vest        rage        beat        fact 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XXII. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded, 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Followed,  following,  forehead, 
valid,  variety.  2. — Foliage,  filthy,  fallacy,  felony,  filial,  furrowed,  forage, 
forge,  forth,  foresee,  forum,  vapory,  vitally,  votary,  evacuate,  evict,  vacu- 
ity, vagary,  vanity,  valve,  evolve,  villany,  verity,  verge.  3. — Valued. — 30. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Passes,  pauses,  axis,  causes, 
swap,  mocks,  moistness,  mask,  massive,  moisten,  malice,  handiness, 
annex,  honesty,  nicety.  2. — Paces,  poses,  opposes,  basis,  accessible, 
exercise,  faces,  phases,  sweat,  muddiness,  musty,  message,  miscall,  mu- 
sical, mix,  makes,  mustiness,  musk,  musky,  music,  miscarry,  Mrs., 
museum,  mason,  amazing,  amusing,  missing,  muscle,  muzzle,  mislaid, 
mislead,  misled,  misery,  miserly,  immensely,  among,  aiming,  minx, 
monks,  mails,  aimless,  mellowness,  merriness,  entice,  notice,  naughti- 
ness, ingenious,  encase,  noxious,  incautious,  enforce,  inset. — 66. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XII  and  XIII. — 1. — Lawyer,  lyre,  liar,  arrow. 
2. — Level,  lore,  lower,  lair,  layer,  lurk,  alarm,  air,  ere,  heir,  oar,  ore, 
airy,  area,  array.  3. — Alluvial,  lure,  allure,  era. — 23. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX.  Initial  Hooks. — 1. — Pauper, 
piper,  patter,  potter,  paddle,  padder,  patcher,  packer,  passable,  possible, 
2. — Pebble,  payable,  pitiable,  petal,  poetry,  putrefy,  patronize,  pedal, 
puddle,  poacher,  poker,  puffer.  3. — Pewter,  poodle,  powder,  pitcher, 
picker,  peaceable. — 28. 

Synonyms. — Choose  the  right  word, — Abandon,  to  give  up  willing- 
ly ;  relinquish,  to  give  up  what  we  prize.  "  Verus d  the  cares  of 

empire  to  his  wiser  colleague." — GIBBON.  "To the  rites  of  the 

church." — HOOKEB. 

Commercial  Term — Agenda — A  list  of  business  to  be  done.  This 
is  a  heading  generally  used  by  public  companies  when  calling  a  board 
meeting  or  a  meeting  of  their  shareholders. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXII. — Eight  hand  practice. 

3213       3213       3233       3212       3233       1233       1211       3133 

Lump       limp         loll        puny        poll         nill        mum        lull 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XXIII. 

"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — Authority,  thorny,  thoroughly,  as- 
pire, sciatica,  acidity,  escape,  asylum,  sewerage. — 10. 

Shorthand  Wessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Swam,  swan,  swallow,  masses, 
mosses.  2. — Swayed,  swig,  swath,  swathe,  swing,  swung,  swear,  sware, 
swore,  emphasis,  emphasize,  Misses,  messes,  necessity,  necessary.  3. — 
Sweetness,  switch, — 22. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XII  and  XIII. — 1. — Arc,  ark,  raffle,  rifle,  rival, 
revile,  arm,  army.  2. — Eepair,  work,  argosy,  ruffle,  arrive,  revel,  aroma, 
worm,  earlier  3. — Re-appear,  reveal,  arrear. — 20. 

Snorthand  Lessons  X  V and  X  VI.  St  and  Str  Loops, — 1. — Stop, 
stab,  statue.  2. — Step,  stupid,  stub,  state,  statute,  states,  status,  state- 
ly, statue,  stature,  statuary,  stead,  staid,  stud.  3. — Steep,  stoop,  stout, 
stoutly,  steed,  stood. — 23. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX.  Initial  Hooks. — 1. — Panel,  ap- 
ply, ply,  apple,  pliable  2. — Pastry,  pineapple,  play,  platina.  3. — Pe- 
ual,  opener,  plea,  plough. — 14. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  words. — Sole,  only;  the  bottom  of 
the  foot ;  soul,  spirit.  "  If  they  transgress  and  neglect  that  ....  com- 
mand."— MILTON.  "  But  the  dove  found  no  rest  for  the  ....  of  her 
foot." — BIBLE.  /Steal,  to  take  without  right;  steel,  hardened  iron.  "Oh! 

that  men  should  put  an  enemy  into  their  mouths  to away  their 

brains." — SHAKESPEARE.     "  My  heart  is  as  true  as '' — SHAKESPEARE. 

Commercial  Term. — Agent — An  agent  is  one  who  is  authorized  to 
represent  a  principal,  or  one  who  buys  or  sells  for  another.  Contracts 
and  arrangements  made  by  an  agent  are  binding  upon  his  employer  or 
principal,  provided  they  are  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business, 
and  are  understood  to  be  upon  his  principal's  account. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXIII. — Left  hand  practice. 

1312       1231       1321       3121       2312       3231       1211       1122 
Fate        test          tart         seer       wave       wear        reed        tree 


SPELLING    EXERCISE5   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XXIV. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 2. — Shabbily,  showbill,  charade, 
sharer,  maypole,  imagery,  meekly,  maggot,  mashed,  mammalia,  memory, 
emanate,  amenity.  3. — Shearer,  mutiny,  minute,  immunity. — 17. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Offset,  faucet,  officer,  offence, 
affiance,  farce,  vase,  vice,  voice.  2. — Factious,  efficacious,  physic,  phy- 
sique, fence,  falsity,  felicity,  falsify,  fallacious,  vaccine.  3. — Fierce, 
furiousness. — 21. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XV  and  XVI. — 1. — Stack,  stock,  stalk,  stocky, 
staff.  2. — Staidness,  stage,  stake,  steak,  stick,  stucco,  stuff,  stave, 
stem,  steam,  stumble,  stumbler,  stamen,  stamina,  stimulus.  3. — Stickle, 
stiff.— 22. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — 1. — Plotter,  paltry,  plaid,  plod, 
applaud,  plied,  plodder,  applauder,  applause.  2. — Plater,  plaiter,  poul- 
try, played,  pledge,  pledger,  pluck,  plague,  plug,  plover,  plays,  place, 
plus,  placid.  3. — Plead,  ploughed,  pleader,  please. — 27. 

Synonyms. — Choose  the  right  words. — Low,  not  high;  in  a  mean 
condition ;  mean,  low-minded ;  base.  "  Had  I  been  born  a  servant,  my 
....  life  had  steady  stood  from  all  these  miseries." — RANDOLPH.  "  Yet 
sometimes  nations  will  decline  so  ....  from  virtue." — MILTON.  "We  fast 
not  to  please  nor  to  promote  any  ....  worldly  interest." — SMALRIDGE. 

Commercial  Terms. — Attachment — Laying  an  embargo  upon,  and 
prohibiting  the  sale  or  disposal  of  the  money  or  goods  of  a  debtor,  in 
the  hands  of  third  parties,  pending  the  settlement  of  some  claim  against 
the  owner.  Audit — A  searching  examination  of  all  books,  accounts, 
vouchers,  etc.,  by  a  person  called  an  auditor,  to  see  that  they  are  kept 
correctly,  and  that  no  fraud  has  been  committed  by  the  party  keeping 
them. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXIV — Eight  hand  practice. 

1231       3213       1232       3212       3213       3211       3221       1232 
Kiln        pony        hulk       plum      pump       limy        look        milk 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XXV. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Month,  malady,  married,  mark, 
marque,  morocco.  2. — Manage,  mangy,  maniac,  Monday,  mulatto,  mel- 
lowed, mouldy,  melody,  milk,  milky,  mercy,  marsh,  marshy,  merino, 
merrily.  3. — Minutia,  mildew,  myriad. — 24. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1, — Avarice,  virus,  veracious,  vo- 
racious, sap,  sop,  spy,  sappy.  2. — Visit,  vista,  vastly,  vesture,  visitor, 
evasive,  vessel,  evince,  various,  veracity,  voracity,  sup,  soap,  3. — Avari- 
cious, sip,  soup. — 24. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XV  and  XVI. — 1. — Stammer,  staunch,  stall, 
style,  styled,  stolid.  2. — Stain,  stun,  stone,  stains,  stench,  stung,  sting, 
stale,  stole,  stiletto,  stealth.  3. — Steamer,  still,  steal,  steel,  steeled. — 22. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX.  Initial  Hooks. — 1. — Plash, 
planet,  planner,  plyers.  2.- — Placer,  plush,  plum,  plumb,  plainer,  planer, 
player.  3. — Plume,  pleurisy. — 13. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  words. — Main,  chief;  mane,  long 
hair  on  an  animal's  neck.  "  All  creatures  look  to  the  ....  chance." — 
L'ESTRANGE.  "  Like  a  dewdrop  from  the  lion's  .... " — SHAKESPEARE, 
Tare,  a  weed ;  weight  allowed ;  tear,  to  pull  apart.  "  The  parable  of 
the  ....  s  of  the  field." — BIBLE.  "  Do  not  ....  thyself  away  from  me." 
— SHAKESPEARE.  Pail,  a  vessel  for  water ;  pale,  white.  "  The  .... 
high  foaming  with  a  milky  flood." — POPE.  "Let  ....faced  fear  keep 
with  the  mean-born  man," — SHAKESPEARE. 

Commercial  Terms — Allotment — A  share,  or  number  of  shares,  in  a 
public  company,  granted  to  persons  who  have  formally  applied  for  them 
by  signing  an  application  form,  and  paying  the  company's  banker  a  pro- 
portion of  each  share  they  desire  to  hold.  Allotment  Note. — A  note 
drawn  by  seamen  on  the  owners  of  a  ship  for  a  monthly  payment  of  a 
portion  of  their  wages  during  the  time  they  are  away  on  avoyage. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXV. — Left  hand  practice. 

1231        2312       1231       1321       1312       3231       1312       3212 
Bear        sage         feat         tact         rate        west        card       were 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE 
LESSON   XXVI. 

Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Wessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Anybody,  noisily,  nominee,  un- 
alloyed. 3. — Nebula,  untidy,  anatomy,  nobody,  natal,  entail,  unduly, 
invite,  innovate,  anthem,  ensuing,  animate,  enmity,  inmate,  unmade, 
pneumonia,  anomaly,  animal,  namely,  ninety,  noonday,  unallayed,  inlaid-, 
unload.  3. — Uneasily,  unallowed. — 30. 

Shorthand  Wessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Spike,  spice.  2. — Spotty,  sped, 
spade,  speck,  spoke,  space,  suppose,  espousal,  spacious,  auspicious, 
sponge.  3, — Speed,  spouse,  espouse,  specious,  species,  spoony,  spinage. 
—20. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XV  and  XVI, — 1. — Stylus,  star,  starry,  stark, 
stork.  2. — Staleness,  sightliness,  stellar,  stir,  stair,  stare,  store,  story, 
stirrup,  storied,  storage,  steerage,  storehouse,  storm,  songsters.  3. — 
StiUness,  steer. — 22. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — Pry,  prop,  pride,  pried,  prod, 
2. — Pray,  prey,  upper,  propped,  perhaps,  propose,  prepays,  proposal, 
prettiness,  prettily,  portray,  prayed,  preyed,  prodigies,  prodigious,  pro- 
duce, proudly.  3. — Prow,  prepay,  proud. — 25. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Hail,  frozen  rain ;  to  salute ; 
hale,  sound;  healthy.  "....!  holy  light." — MILTON.  "We  thought  him 

strong  and " — SWIFT.     Hair,  of  the  head ;  hare,  an  animal.     "  The 

very  ....s  of  your  head  are  all  numbered." — BIBLE.  "  They  have  the 
voice  of  lions  and  the  act  of  ....s." — SHAKESPEARE.  Wait,  to  stay; 
weight,  heaviness.  "  Learn  to  labor  and  to  ....  " — LONGFELLOW.  "Bend 
under  any '' — SHAKESPEARE. 

Commercial  Term — All  Jlights  Reserved — A  term  winch  an  author 
puts  upon  his  books  to  warn  the  public  that  he  reserves  to  himself  the 
whole  of  the  rights  which  copj'right  gives  him. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXVI. — Right  hand  practice. 

3133        1212        1331        3123       1212       2131       2121       1212 
Pull        hunk       noon        pulp        kink        July      hymn       mink 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXVII. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Locked,  locket.  2. — Unhealthy, 
unripe,  enrobe,  unrobe,  inwrought,  narrowed,  unread,  unready,  inroad, 
enrage,  narrowly,  unruly,  narrower,  labial,  logic,  locate.  3. — Loudly, 
leaked,  looked,  look-out. —  2. 

Shorthand  Lesson  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Spoil,  spoiler,  subside,  sights. 
2, — Spell,  speller,  spare,  sparrow,  superior,  subdue,  steadily,  stays. 
3. — Spill,  spool,  spear,  cities,  sits,  seats,  suits. — 19. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XV  and  XVI. — 1. — Most,  rnast,  amassed,  moist, 
master,  monster,  annexed.  2. — Solaced,  ship-master,  modest,  must, 
missed,  mist,  amazed,  amused,  muster,  minced,  menaced,  meanest,  min- 
ister, immersed,  enticed,  noticed,  encased. — 24. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — 1. — Paraphrase.  2. — Approach, 
perjure,  purger,  perjury,  proxy,  procure,  preface,  profess,  profile,  pow- 
erful, proffer.  3. — Preach,  prick,  profuse. — 15. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Air,  what  we  breathe;  e'er, 
ever;  ere,  before ;  heir,  one  who  inherits.  "A  dewy  freshness  fills  the 
silent  ....  " — SOUTHEY.  "Make  us  ....  s  of  all  eternity." — SHAKESPEARE. 
"  Come  down  ....  my  child  die." — BIBLE.  "  The  question,  wrangle 
....  so  long,  is  only  this." — POPE.  Plait,  to  fold  ;  a  fold  ;  plate,  a  dish. 

•"  The s  on  whit-h  we  fed." — DRYDEN.     "  The  soldiers ed  a 

crown  of  tliorns," — BIBLE.  Gait,  manner  of  walking ;  gate,  a  kind  of 
door.  "  Hark!  the  lark  at  Heaven's  ....  sings." — SHAKESPEARE.  "Does 
he  not  strut  in  his  . .  . .  ?  " — SHAKESPEARE. 

Commercial  Terms. — Balance  (bal.) — Difference  between  the  sides 
of  an  account ;  ledger  account  showing  resources  and  liabilities.  Hill 
of  Lading — A  bill  of  goods  shipped,  duly  certified  to  by  the  officer  of 
the  transportation  company. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXVII.  — 

1312        1321        3221        3212       1231       1321       1312       1312 

Cave        base        seed        sere        dear        case        face        fade 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE 
LESSON  XXVill 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Likely,  lively,  launch.  2. — 
Lofty,  luckily,  levity,  elevate,  lazily,  lovely,  lunch,  link,  length,  lurch, 
lyric,  larva.  3. — Leakage,  alleviate,  lounge,  lunacy,  lurid — 20. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Sad,  sod,  side,  sighed,  sadly, 
sack,  sky,  sacks,  2. — Satire,  said,  sowed,  soda,  sage,  sake,  soak,  sick, 
sketch,  sex,  skim,  scheme,  scanty,  scale,  scaly,  sickly,  scalp,  sickliness. 
3. — Seed,  seedy,  siege,  skill,  scowl. — 31. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XV  and  XVI. — 1. — Honest,  inmost,  last,  lost. 
2. — Nest,  insist,  ancestor,  announced,  lest,  laced,  lowest,  repast,  re- 
posed, raised,  razed,  rest,  wrest,  raced,  rust,  roast,  arrest,  erased, 
roaster,  earliest,  west,  waist,  waste.  3. — Least,  leased,  list,  loosed, 
wrist,  roost,  aroused,  rooster,  released,  realized. — 37. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXI — 1. — Pomp,  champ,  damp,  quiet,  quack. 
2. — Pump,  chump,  counselor,  councilor,  equip,  quake,  quick,  quire,  im- 
petus.— 14. 

Synonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. — Doubt,  to  be  in  uncertainty 
respecting  the  truth  or  fact;  sus2)ense,  indetermination ;  indecision. 
We  have  our  doubts  about  things  that  have  no  regard  to  time.  "  Gold 

is  a  wonderful  clearer  of  the  understanding ;  it  dissipates  every 

in  an  instant." — ADDISON.     We  are  in  suspense  about  things  that  are  to 
happen  in  the  future,  or  that  are  about  to  be  done.     "  Ten  days  the 

prospect  in   remained." — DENHAM.     We  are  in  doubt  for  want  of 

evidence ;  we  are  in  suspense  for  the  want  of  certainty. 

Commercial  Term — Anchorage — Dues  paid  by  a  ship  for  anchor- 
ing in  certain  ports  and  harbors,  and  using  the  quays,  landing  stages, 
etc.,  belonging  thereto.  They  are  charged  at  so  much  per  vessel  on 
their  arrival  at  port,  whether  coastwise  or  from  parts  beyond  the  sea. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXVIII — Right  hand  practice. 

1233       3212       3223       3212       1233       3212       1233       1212 
Kill         link         loop        pink        hull       punk        null       mink 


SPELLING    EXERCISES    AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXIX. 


Wi'ite  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Rightly,  radish.  2. — Rebel, 
robbery,  retake,  retina,  retinue,  rotary,  radiate,  irradiate,  erudite,  red- 
dish. 3. — Retook,  retail,  ritual,  redeem,  rudely. — 17. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Severity,  assassin,  sighs,  size, 
psalm.  2. — Scarce,  score,  security,  safe,  sofa,  society,  some,  same,  seem, 
semi.  3. — Secure,  scour,  sphere,  season,  seas,  seize,  seizure. — 22. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — 1. — Prime,  promise,  premise. 
2. — Promissory,  primer,  primary,  apprehensive,  princess,  pronounce, 
pearl,  prelude.  3. — Prim,  premier,  prowl. — 14. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXI. — 1. — Lamp,  while.  2. — Empire,  empower, 
impair,  impure,  embody,  leveler,  whale,  whisk,  whiskey,  awhile,  where, 
lump.  3. — Limp,  whip,  wheel. — 17. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXII. — 1. — Bans,  benign,  brighten,  broaden, 
barn,  born,  barren,  baron,  bran,  brawn,  brine,  bronze,  barons,  ottoman, 
tan,  twine.  2. — Bones,  blown,  balance,  baritone,  burden,  burn,  borne, 
brain,  brains,  burns,  brilliance,  taken,  token,  ten,  eighteen,  attain,  tone, 
atone,  ton,  oaten,  tense,  attenuation,  turban.  3, — Bounce,  balloon, 
brown,  tuition,  tunes,  towns,  outline. — 47. 

Homonyms. — Choose  the  right  word. —  Broach,  to  make  public; 

brooch,  a  bosom  pin.  "Those  very  opinions  had ed." — SWIFT. 

'•  Honor's  a  good to  wear.'' — BEN  JONSON.  JJun,  a  color;  to  ask 

for  a  debt ;  done,  performed.  "  If  'twere  ....  when  'tis  . . . . ,  then 
'twere  well  it  were  ....  quickly." — SHAKESPEARE.  Having  sold  you  my 
....  horse,  I  am  obliged  to  ....  you  for  the  money. 

Commercial  Terms. — Annuity — A  sum  of  money  paid  or  received 
annuallv,  for  so  many  years,  or  for  life.  Ante-date — To  date  any  letter 
or  document  before  the  true  time.  Appraiser — A  person  whc  is  licensed 
to  set  a  price  upon,  or  estimate  the  value  of,  anything  to  be  sold. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXIX. — Left  hand  practice. 

1312        1221        2312        1321       2312       1122       3221       1221 
Ca^-e        beet  ard       gaze        save         free       weed        beef 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXX. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  position  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — Re-echoed,  recoil,  regatta,  regale, 
regalia,  refuge,  roughly,  revere,  reviewer,  reassume,  remedy,  remake, 
range. — 13. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Smack,  smock,  psalms,  sine, 
sign,  sanity,  snag,  signs.  2. — Smith,  smith}',  smoke,  smoky,  seams, 
seems,  sameness,  seeming,  sane,  son,  sun.  sin,  seen,  scene,  soon,  snow, 
sinew,  sanitary,  century,  Sunday,  snake,  sneak,  snug,  snuff,  sense,  since, 
scenes,  sneeze.  3. — Smooth,  sniff. — 38. 

Shorthand  Lessons  X  VII  to  XX. — 1. — Price,  prize,  apprise,  par- 
cel, priceless,  parcels.  2. — Previous,  approval,  prevail,  prover  approver, 
purveyor,  press,  oppress,  praise,  prays,  prose,  prosy,  prowess,  precipice, 
presuppose,  prospects,  perspire,  prosperous,  pressed,  preside,  praised, 
precede,  proceed,  presidency,  oppressive,  perceive,  precise,  process, 
person,  personage,  oppressor,  appraiser,  purser,  presence.  3. — Priest, 
priests,  presume,  prison. — 44. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXI. — 2. — Context,  continuance,  continual,  con- 
tinually, commodiously,  condemn,  condenser  condoler,  3. — Continues, 
conducive. — 10. 

Synonyms. —  Question,  query. — The  question  is  the  thing  called  in 
question  or  that  which  is  sought  for  by  a  question.  Query  denotes  to 
seek  or  inquire,  signifying  simply  the  thing  sought  for.  Questions  and 
queries  are  both  put  for  the  sake  of  obtaining  all  necessary  information; 
but  the  former  may  be  for  a  reasonable  pr  unreasonable  cause.  A 
query  is  mostly  a  rational  question.  Idlers  may  put  questions  from 
mere  curiosity ;  learned  men  put  queries  for  the  sake  of  information, 

Commercial  Term. — Arbitrage — Buying  securities  in  one  market 
and  selling  them  in  another.  For  example:  buying  American  railway 
shares  in  London  and  simultaneously  selling  them  in  New  York. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXX. — Practice  for  both  hands. 

11122      11221      11222      11212      11232      11211      11212      11221 
Three       those        thick       think       these        thing       there        their 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXXI. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Royalty,  rallied,  relied,  -had- 
dock, high  road.  2. — Relic,  relieve,  raillery,  rewrite,  rarity,  rarely, 
wittily,  woefully,  windy,  window,  waylaid,  hotel,  headache,  hardy,  hor- 
rid, hurried,  heroic,  heresy,  heroine.  3. — Reality, — 25. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — 1. — Prior,  priority,  babble,  bau- 
ble, batter,  biter.  2, — Prelacy,  prayer,  preyer,  bubble,  battle,  bottle, 
better,  butter,  betrayal,  betrayer,  3. — Beetle,  bitter,  beater,  bitterly, 
—20. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXI. — 2. — Confessedly,  confusedly,  conveyance, 
convince,  conveyancer,  confirm,  convulse,  conspiracy,  constancy,  con- 
soled, consoler,  commence,  commons,  common-sense,  commencing. 
3. — Conjure,  concealed. — 17. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XXVIII. — 1. — Pamper,  panter,  pointer,  pan- 
der, ponder,  prompter,  barrier.  2. — Pumper,  painter,  pounder,  com- 
pounder,  pelter,  upholder,  porter,  operator,  Presbyter,  prosecutor,  per- 
secuter,  promoter,  bolder,  boulder,  bolter,  barter,  border,  boarder, 
bearer,  borer.  3. — Builder. — 29. 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. — Advice,  counsel;  advise,  to  give  counsel.  ""We  can  give 

but  we  cannot  give  conduct." — FRANKLIN.     "I  wish  no  more  to 

thee.'' — MILTON.     Accede,   to  agree   to ;   exceed,   to   go   beyond. 

"  His  deeds all  speech.'' — SHAKESPEARE.     "  To to  a  request." 

— WORCESTER. 

Commercial  Term. — -Arbitration  of  Exchange — This  term  means 
calculating  the  proportional  rates  between  two  countries,  through  in- 
termediate places.  For  instance:  A  merchant  here  having  to  remit 
money  to  Paris  at  a  time  when  the  exchange  is  unfavorable  may  find, 
on  calculation,  that  it  will  be  more  advantageous  to  make  the  payment 
through  London  to  Paris  than  to  send  it  there  direct. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXI. — Practice  for  both  hands. 

11312      11122      11122      11212      11123      11213      11212      11211 

Thank      throw     thyme      thine      threw      thump       third      thumb 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXXII. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand,  in  the  position  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Slap,  slop,  slab,  solitary,  slide, 
soiled,  salad,  solid,  slack,  slacked,  solve,  saliva,  salvage,  slice,  solace, 
slash,  slam,  slime,  solemn,  slyness,  slang.  2. — Slope,  sailed,  sold,  soled, 
sulk,  sulkily,  select,  salve,  slush,  slushy,  solemness,  slowness.  3. — Slip, 
sleep,  sloop,  sleepy,  sealed,  ceiled,  slid,  silk,  sleeve,  slim,  silliness, 
sling.-;— 45. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVI I  to  XX. — 1. — Balker.  2. — Baker,  bakery, 
baffle,  before,  buffer.  3. — Butcher,  bicker,  bugle,  bugler. — 10. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXII. — 1. — Appetence,  competence,  pan,  pawn, 
pine,  companion,  platten.  2. — Competency,  potenc}',  upturn,  open,  pen, 
pain,  pane,  pun,  pence,  pens,  pains,  openness,  penance,  palatine. — 21. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXIII. — 1. — Approve,  dive,  calf,  cough.  2. — 
Brave,  deaf,  cave,  cuff.  3. — Proof,  prove,  beef,  brief. — 12. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXI V. — 1. — Passion,  option,  desolation,  caution, 
auction,  action.  2. — Putrefaction,  application,  compulsion. — 9. 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. — Allusion,  indirect  reference;  illusion,  an  unreal  image. 

"  Fame,  glory,  wealth,  honor,  have  in  the  prospect  pleasing "- 

STEELE.      "  A  base   to  a  long  forgotten  past." — HALLAM,      Ordi- 
nance, a  law ;    ordnance,  great  guns.     "  Thou'lt  die  by  God's " 

— SHAKESPEARE.     "  Then  you  may  hear  afar  off  the  awful  roar  of  his 
rifled " — E.  EVERETT. 

Commercial  Terms. — Articles  of  Association — In  a  joint  stock  com- 
pany, a  contract  containing  the  terms  of  agreement  upon  which  the  con- 
cern has  been  transferred,  and  specifying  the  rules  and  conditions  upon 
which  the  company's  business  is  to  be  managed  and  carried  on.  As 
per  Advice — A  phrase  often  seen  on  bills  of  exchange.  It  means  that 
notice  has  been  given  to  the  drawee  that  the  bill  has  been  drawn  upon  him. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXII. — Practice  for  both  hands. 
13212      13212      13212      13212      33212      13212      33212      3321:2 
Found     bound     hound     mound    pound      round      sound      wound 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON   XXXIII. 


"Write  the  words  in  shoi'thand,  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Slyly,  salary,  sorry,  sorrow, 
2. — Slowly,  solely,  cellar,  seller,  sailor,  solar,  slower,  celery,  sir,  soar, 
sore,  search,  survey,  service,  surveyor,  source.  3. — Sear,  seer,  sere, 
sour. — 24. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXII. — 1. — Batten,  began,  begone,  ban.  2. — 
Button,  obtain,  beckon,  bacon,  begun,  bowman,  bemoan,  bane,  bone, 
abandon.  3. — Bitten,  beaten,  beacon,  begin,  bin,  bean. — 20. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXIII. — 1. — Inactive.  2. — Grief,  grave,  grove, 
grieve,  sportive,  serve,  mastiff,  reprieve,  reproof,  prophecy,  prophesy, 
prefers,  bluff,  bravery. — 15. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXIV. — 2. — Preparation,  production,  prediction, 
perfection,  profession,  prevention,  provision,  perception,  prescription, 
promotion,  permission,  abolition,  education. — 13. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXVIII. — 1. — Finder,  flatter,  falter,  flatterer. 
2. — Fretter,  fritter,  comforter,  for  there,  for  their,  voter,  voters,  vaunt- 
<>r,  vindicator,  fender,  offender,  founder,  confounder,  flutter,  floater, 
fleeter,  flutterer.  3.— Filter.— 22, 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. — Precedent,  going  before ;  precedent,  what  has  gone  be- 
fore as  an  authoritative  example.  "  The  world  or  any  part  thereof,  could 

not  be to  the  creation  of  man." — HALE.     "  Examples  for  cases 

can  but  direct  as only." — HOOKER. 

Commercial  Term. — Assay — Chemically  testing  and  analyzing  pieces 
of  metal,  minerals,  etc.,  to  determine  their  purity  and  ascertain  the  per- 
centage of  foreign  matter.  Assaying  forms  a  very  essential  part  of  com- 
merce, as  two  pieces  of  mineral  may  appear  to  be  of  the  same  compo- 
sition, but  when  analyzed  may  each  be  found  to  be  composed  of  totally 
different  oaatter. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXIII. — Practice  for  both  hands. 

23211      13211      13211      12111      22111      32111      12111      12111 

Daunt     gaunt      haunt      bight        fight        light       might       night 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON  XXXIV. 

Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Wessons  XVII  to  AA". — 1. — Blotch,  black,  block.  2. — 
Bloody,  oblige,  blockhead,  bless,  blaze.  3. — Blue-eyed,  bleach,  bleak, 
oblique,  blouse. — 13. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXIV. — 1. — Violation.  2. — Coercion,  carnation, 
fraction,  vacation,  vocation,  evasion,  convulsion,  section,  seclusion,  suffo- 
cation.— 11. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XXV  to  XXVII. — 1. — Compatible,  patent, 
competent,  pattern,  packed,  compact,  packet,  pocket,  point,  pond,  pint, 
appoint.  2. — Petrify,  petrifaction,  pasted,  posted,  opened,  pound, 
pained,  paint.  3. — Picked. — 21. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXVIII. — 1. — Tamper,  chanter,  charter,  canter, 
candor,  kinder,  granter.  2, — Temper,  tender,  contender,  contributor, 
adapter,  janitor,  gender,  captor,  acceptor,  cumber,  counter,  collator, 
grunter,  3. — Timber,  tinder. — 22. 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. — Lineament,  outline,  feature ;  liniment,  liquid  ointment. 

*'  Man  he  seems  in  all  his s." — MILTON.     '• is  a  species  of 

soft  ointment,  somewhat  thinner  than  an  unguent  but  thicker  than 
oil." — WEBSTER.  Plaintiff,  the  complainant;  plaintive,  mournful. 
"  The  person  who  commences  a  personal  action  or  suit  to  obtain  a  reme- 
dy for  an  injury  to  his  rights  is  called  a  " — Y/EBSTER.  "  Yet  the 

most ditty  has  imparted  a  fuller  joy  to  its  composer." — LANDOR. 

Commercial  Terms. — Assets — A  general  term  for  the  whole  of  the 
funds,  money,  debts,  dependencies  and  other  property  belonging  to  any 
private  individual,  trader  or  company.  Assign — To  make  over  proper- 
ty, as  by  deed  of  assignment ;  or  transfer  to  another,  by  indorsement, 
those  documents  which  convey  a  right  to  the  money,  property  or  goods 
they  represent. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXIV. — Practice  for  both  hands. 

22111      22111      12111      32111      13211      23211      23211      23211 

Eight       sight       tight       wight      bough     cough      dough      rough 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXXV. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Wessons  I  to  VIII. — 2. — Asperity,  monotony,  mental, 
mentally,  monetary,  antimony,  notoriety,  anterior,  interior,  ingenuous, 
reticule,  rotunda,  ridicule,  ruminate,  heretic,  horridly,  hurriedly.  3. — 
Minutely,  minatory. — 19. 

Shorthand  Wessons  IX  to  XI, — 1. — In  his  own,  ensign,  lawsuit,  last 
day,  license,  lastly,  alliance,  rejoice,  rice,  rise,  recite.  2. — Noisiness, 
uneasiness,  unsoiled,  uiisolve,  enslave,  nameless,  lesson,  lessen,  lesser, 
aliens,  robes,  radius,  redness,  readiness,  reckless,  rays,  insane,  unseen, 
innocence,  nuisance,  unsold,  announce,  newness,  lakes,  less,  lace,  else, 
rose,  race,  raise,  rusty,  russet,  rosette.  3. — Unsealed,  loudness,  leaks, 
licks,  looks,  allows,  lease,  loose,  lose,  illness,  allowance,  ellipse,  leafless, 
listen,  loosen,  looseness,  loosely,  loser,  looser,  ribs,  reduce,  rudeness, 
ours,  hours. — 68. 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. —  Populace,  the  people.  (SYNONYMS:  Mob,  people,  common- 
alty.) Populous,  full  of  people.  "  Now  swarms  the ,  a  countless 

throng." — POPE.  "Heaven,  yet  ,  retains  numbers  sufficient  to 

possess  her  realms." — MILTON.  Lean,  .thin ;  to  incline.  (SYNONYMS:  Slen- 
der, spare,  meager,  lank,  gaunt.)  Lien,  a  legal  claim.  "  They  delight 
rather  to  ....  to  their  customs." — SPENSER.  "A  ....  discourse  maketh 
a  ....  soul." — DRYDEN.  "A  ....  is  a  legal  charge  upon  real  or  personal 
property  for  the  satisfaction  of  some  debt  or  duty." — WEBSTER.  Incite, 
to  stir  up ;  insight,  deep  view.  "  Pontiac d  the  Indians  to  re- 
volt."  SMITH.  "Burke's to  great  questions  won  the  admiration 

of  Parliament." — JOHNSON. 

Commercial  Terms. — Assignee,  any  person  to  whom  an  assignment 
is  made.  Assignment — an  absolute  transfer  of  property  or  goods  to 
another,  either  by  deed  or  by  endorsement.  Assigns — Any  person  or 
persons  to  wnom  an  assignment  is  made. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXV. — Practice  for  both  hands. 

13211      13211      23211      13211      33211      32211      12211      11211 

Tough     young       forth       north      worth       weigh       neigh       thigh 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXXVI. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — 1. — Title,  tighter,  trotter,  tri- 
ennial, daughter,  auditor,  drag,  drama,  dryness,  drank,  clap,  clock,  clam, 
climb,  corner,  2. — Telegraphy,  treble,  trouble,  day-break,  closely,  globe, 
gleam,  gloom,  gloomy,  traitor,  eternal,  debtor,  drug,  drum,  dearness, 
drunk,  click,  cloak,  claim.  3. — Tutors,  treater,  doubter,  dream,  drink, 
clip,  greedy. — 41. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXVI, — 1. — Prompt,  bad,  backed,  bond,  bind, 
combined,  bland,  blind,  blond,  brand,  taught,  tight,  talked,  tried,  tired, 
defined,  divined.  2. — Promote,  permit,  print,  parent,  apparent,  about, 
beautify,  bed,  abode,  obeyed,  bid,  object,  baked,  befriend,  absurd,  bend, 
bent,  bound,  abound,  belt,  blend,  bird,  board,  bared,  bare-foot,  tempt, 
tent,  attend,  attained,  toward,  treat,  department,  deportment,  doubt, 
defend,  deafened,  disappoint,  dismount,  desert,  desired.  3. — Pyramid, 
bullet,  beard,  ticket,  timid. — 63. 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. — Eruption,  a  breaking  out ;  irruption,  a  breaking  into. 
(SYNONYMS:  Invasion,  incursion,  inroad.)  "  All  Paris  was  quiet  to  gather 

fresh  strength  for  the  insidious " — WASHINGTON  IRVING.     "  Lest 

evil  tidings,  with  too  rude hitting  thy  aged  ear,  should  pierce 

too  deep. — MILTON.     Fisher,  one  who  fishes ;  fissure,  a  cleft  or  crack. 

"Three s  went  sailing  out  into  the  West." — KINGSLEY.     '-These 

perpendicular    s  in  the  earth  are   among  the  wonders    of   crea- 
tion."— GOLDSMITH.      Gallant,  brave,  noble;    gallant,  polite  to  ladies. 

"A officer." — WEBSTER.       "He  was  brave  in  war  and in 

peace." — EMKROON. 

Commercial  Term. — Assurance — Vide  "Insurance,"  which  has  the 
same  meaning,  though  many  life  insurance  companies  prefer  to  use  the 
former  term. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXVI — Practice  for  both  hands. 

13312      13212      12212      23312      23212      12312      21312      21212 

Blank       blink       brink       clank       clink        crank      drank       drink 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXXVII. 


Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — 1. — Flock,  oversee,  lodger,  re- 
plies, wrapper,  robber,  rider,  hatter.  2. — Vigor,  thirty,  umbrella,  un- 
truly, knuckle,  nickle,  enclose,  increase,  honorable,  honorably,  energy, 
labor,  liberal,  liberally,  flake,  ledger,  lecture,  loafer,  lovable,  lover,  re- 
press, replace,  reproof,  reprove,  rubber.  3. — Throughout,  neutral,  liver, 
livery,  reaper,  reader,  ruder. — 40. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXII, — 1. — Combine,  brighten,  broaden,  bur- 
den, barn,  born,  barren,  baron,  join,  cotton,  carbon,  guardian,  finery, 
overgrown,  than,  thine,  satin.  2. — Button,  obtain,  beckon,  bacon,  bun, 
bone,  burn,  borne,  turban,  destine,  domain,  cabin,  clean,  colon,  curtainy 
crown,  currency,  grain,  groan,  grown,  grin,  green,  festoon,  flown,  vio- 
lin, villain,  evergreen,  threaten,  thirteen,  thrown,  then,  superhuman, 
Satan,  stolen,  strain.  3. — Bitten,  beaten,  beacon,  bin,  boon,  bean, 
Britain,  Briton,  kitten,  cartoon. — 62. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXIII. — 1. — Dive,  divide,  define,  divine,  ad- 
vance, drive,  calf,  cough,  raff,  rife,  active,  scarf.  2. — Telegraph,  de- 
prive, deaf,  dove,  devote,  deafen,  defence,  drove,  cave,  cuff,  clove,  cliff, 
starve,  reprieve,  reproof,  reprove,  wave,  wove,  huff,  refer,  referee,  rough, 
mastiff,  toughen,  travel,  connective,  sportive,  motive,  serf,  serve,  surf. 
3. — Defeat,  weave,  hoof,  heave,  reef,  roof. — 49. 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. — Precede,  to  go  before,  in  place,  or  order  of  time ;  pro- 
ceed, to  go  forward.  "  From  my  loins  thou  shalt  " — MILTON. 

"  He  who s  on  any  other  principles  in  his  inquiry  into  any  science 

posts  himself  in  a  party.'' — LOCKE.     "It  is  usual  to hostilities  by 

a  public  declaration." — KENT. 

Commercial  Term. — At  Sight — A  term  used  upon  bills  of  exchange 
when  they  are  payable  on  demand.  Such  bills  do  not  require  accepting. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXVII. — Practice  for  both  hands. 

13312      12312      32312      31312      21312      23212      12212      31312 

Flank       frank      plank      prank      shank       slink        trunk      above 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON  XXXVIII. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Mightiness,  reside,  resign,  aris- 
ing, rising.  2. — Restore,  recess,  resume,  arisen,  racers,  resource,  recital, 
rustily,  armless,  rayless,  harmonies,  harmonize,  harmonious,  raisin, 
erasing,  racing,  raising,  ceremony,  ceremonious,  soreness,  surly,  sorely, 
showiness,  shoreless,  emptiness.  3. — Sourness,  serial,  showerless,  re- 
lease, realized. — 35. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXII. — 1. — Madden,  man,  inactive,  line,  lawn, 
lion,  rotten,  origin,  rejoin,  recoin,  horn.  2. — Sexton,  semi-tone,  assign, 
sunshine,  slain,  sullen,  sirloin,  swollen,  shaken,  maiden,  machine,  men, 
mean,  main,  mane,  moan,  moon,  moonshine,  eleven,  loan,  lone,  lane,  lain, 
linen,  lineal,  learn,  urban,  urbane,  retain,  reckon,  regain,  organ,  remain, 
Roman,  renown.  3. — Seedsman,  sixteen,  smitten,  seaman,  sea-worn, 
cerulean,  uneaten,  untune,  lean,  loon,  routine. — 57. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXIV. — 2. — Consumption,  consultation,  salva- 
tion, imitation,  machination,  mechanician,  emigration,  immigration,  in- 
attention, communication,  nation,  notion,  numeration,  enumeration, 
liberation,  reaction,  erection,  revelation,  revulsion,  ration,  oration, 
rational,  irrational.  3. — Illusion,  revolution. — 25. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXVI. — 1. — Delight,  dried,  dragged,  draft, 
draught,  jacket,  jointed,  occupied,  capital,  capitol,  accepted,  expand, 
accident,  called,  carat,  accurate.  2. — Admit,  dealt,  daylight,  adult, 
dread,  drugged,  drift,  chestnut,  adjourned,  kept,  couplet,  cupboard,  ex- 
cepted,  expended,  account,  country,  conclude,  cold,  killed,  cooled.  3. — 
Drilled,  keyboard.— 38. 

Commercial  Terms. — Bail — To  give  security  for  the  reappearance  of 
n  person  released  from  custody.  Bail  Jiond — A  document  signed  by 
one  person  as  a  security  for  the  reappearance  of  another  at  a  stated  time. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXVIII.— 

The  quick  brown  fox  jumps  over  the  lazy  dog.  The  door  to  success 
is  labelled  '  Push."  'Tis  education  forms  the  common  mind;  as  the 
twig  is  bent  the  tree's  inclined. 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XXXIX. 


"NY rite  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  position  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXVI, — 1. — Accords,  accordance,  cornet,  godly, 
congratulate,  granite,  fl.it,  flight,  fault,  flashed,  fright,  sighted,  stand, 
soft,  salt,  slight,  slant,  silent,  sort,  concert,  might,  met,  omit,  madam, 
mind,  almond,  mild,  lightly,  laughed,  hard,  hired.  2. — Critical,  current, 
greatly,  greater,  grater,  favorite,  famed,  phonetical,  effort,  comfort,  fort, 
framed,  evidence,  event,  convent,  vertical,  third,  thread,  threat,  throat, 
speculate,  estimate,  courts,  goodly,  goodwill,  float,  afloat,  fleet,  felt, 
flushed,  fret,  freight,  fruit,  seated,  suited,  conceited,  stained,  stunned, 
modify,  invade,  replied,  rippled,  worked,  erect,  record,  recreate,  regu- 
late, resort,  sift,  slate,  salute,  consult,  mate,  meet,  meat,  amount,  meant, 
mend,  amend,  mailed,  little,  lately,  left,  heard,  herd.  3. — Lift. — 97. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXVIII, — 1. — Smatter,  siniter,  matter,  mitre, 
inaterial-ly,  maunder,  minder,  meander,  neither,  nitre,  knotter,  com- 
mander, enacter.  2. — Scimitar,  smoother,  smother,  sumpter,  centre, 
consenter,  senator,  sender,  sunder,  sounder,  psalter,  slaughter,  slighter, 
slater,  slitter,  consulter.  conciliator,  saluter,  assaulter,  slander,  slender, 
cylinder,  Icelander,  sorter,  assorter,  servitor,  conservatoi-,  shatter,  shut- 
ter, shooter,  shouter,  imparter,  importer,  embroider,  immaterial-ly, 
melter,  milter,  moulder,  emulator,  murder,  annotator,  commentator, 
unother,  'enter,  neater,  neuter,  comnientor,  commender,  nectar,  com- 
municator, inviter,  innovator. — 65. 

Verbal  Distinctions. — Note  the  difference  in  spelling,  pronunciation 
and  meaning. — Ingenious,  skillful  or  prompt  to  invent;  ingenuous,  free 
from  deception.  (SYNONYMS:  Open,  unreserved,  artless,  plain,  sincere, 

candid,  fair,  noble,  generous.)     "  He  in  an   author  as  well  as  an 

mechanic.'' — SIR  "NY.  TEMPLE.  '•  If  an detestation  of  false- 
hood be  carefully  and  early  instilled,  that  is  the  true  and  genuine 
method  to  obviate  dishonesty." — LOCKE. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XXXIX.— 

Pack  my  box  with  five  dozen  liquor  jugs.  Frowsy  quacks  jump,  vex 
and  blight.  Abstemious.  Facetious. 


SPELLING    EXERCISES   AND   SHORTHAND    PRACTICE. 
LESSON    XL. 


"Write  the  words  in  shorthand  in  the  positions  indicated  by  the  fig- 
ures. Insert  all  the  vowels  that  are  sounded. 

Shorthand  Lessons  I  to  VIII. — 1. — Abominate,  monitory.  2. — Bur- 
nish, tactic,  pathetic,  territory,  tardily,  tornado,  admonish,  diminish, 
coquetry,  cantata,  guarantee,  factory,  victory.  3. — Torpedo. — 16. 

Shorthand  Lesson  IX  to  XI. — 1. — Sank,  soil,  sly.  2. — Sunset,  sin- 
cere, sincerely,  snail,  sunless,  sinless,  snare,  snore,  scenery,  sunrise, 
sunk,  sink,  soul,  sole,  sail,  sale.  3. — Sneer,  senior,  seal,  ceil,  slew, 
silly.— 26. 

Shorthand  Lessons  XVII  to  XX. — 1. — Bother,  blot,  blight.  2. — 
Able,  blow,  bather,  belabor,  bloat.  3. — Blew,  blue,  bleat. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXII. — 1. — Plan,  pollen,  prance,  purloin,  bob- 
bin. 2. — Plain,  plane,  complain,  pardons,  prudence,  precedence,  prone, 
apron.  3. — Puritan,  prune,  prince,  appearance,  baboon, — 18. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XXIV. — 2. — Declension,  definition,  discussion, 
edition,  addition,  condition,  donation,  duration,  exception,  explosion, 
expression,  expiration,  exemption,  occasion,  connection,  occasional,  occa- 
sionally, auctioneer,  collection. — 19. 

Shorthand  Lesson  XX  VII L — 1. — Stockholder,  stamper,  starter, 
scalder.  2. — Violator,  converter,  supporter,  conspirator,  conspirer, 
superior,  stakeholder,  stumper,  constructor,  sculptor,  scolder,  softer, 
sifter,  sister,  take  in,  3. — Constrictor. — 19. 

Commercial  Terms. —  Tonnage,  weight  of  a  ship's  load;  capacity  of 
a  vessel.  Wharfage,  money  paid  for  the  use  of  a  wharf  or  dock. 
Tender,  to  offer  for  acceptance.  Legal  tender  is  such  money  as  the 
law  prescribes  shall  pass  current.  Profit  and  Loss — A  commercial 
term  used  to  express  a  gain  or  loss  in  business  transactions. 

Typewriting  Lesson  XL. — 

It  is  never  too  late  to  learn.  Tour  favor  of  recent  date  is  at  hand. 
Hoping  to  hear  from  you  soon,  we  are.  Deserve  success  if  you  expect 
to  attain  it.  A  man  diligent  in  business  shall  stand  before  kings.  The 
idle  man's  brain  is  the  devil's  workshop. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


NOV  211961 


Form  L9-25m-9,'47(A5618)444 


UNIVERSITY  of  CALIFORNIA 


Z56 
H77s 


A     000  571  265     8 


*  r         l 

)AtUS,  TEXAS 


